📜

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Khuddakanikāye

Jātakapāḷi

(Dutiyo bhāgo)

17. Cattālīsanipāto

521. Tesakuṇajātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Vessantaraṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ taṃ pucchāmi, sakuṇa bhaddamatthu te;

Rajjaṃ kāretukāmena, kiṃ su kiccaṃ kataṃ varaṃ’’.

2.

‘‘Cirassaṃ vata maṃ tāto, kaṃso bārāṇasiggaho;

Pamatto appamattaṃ maṃ, pitā puttaṃ acodayi.

3.

‘‘Paṭhameneva vitathaṃ, kodhaṃ hāsaṃ nivāraye;

Tato kiccāni kāreyya, taṃ vataṃ āhu khattiya.

4.

‘‘Yaṃ ¶ tvaṃ tāta tapokammaṃ [tape kammaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], pubbe katamasaṃsayaṃ;

Ratto duṭṭho ca yaṃ kayirā, na taṃ kayirā tato puna [punaṃ (pī.)].

5.

‘‘Khattiyassa pamattassa, raṭṭhasmiṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhana;

Sabbe bhogā vinassanti, rañño taṃ vuccate aghaṃ.

6.

‘‘Sirī tāta alakkhī ca [sirī ca tāta lakkhī ca (syā. pī.)], pucchitā etadabravuṃ;

Uṭṭhāna [uṭṭhāne (syā.)] vīriye pose, ramāhaṃ anusūyake.

7.

‘‘Usūyake ¶ duhadaye, purise kammadussake;

Kālakaṇṇī mahārāja, ramati [ramāti (ka.)] cakkabhañjanī.

8.

‘‘So tvaṃ sabbesu suhadayo [so tvaṃ sabbesaṃ suhadayo (syā. pī.), so tvaṃ sabbe suhadayo (ka.)], sabbesaṃ rakkhito bhava;

Alakkhiṃ nuda mahārāja, lakkhyā bhava nivesanaṃ.

9.

‘‘Sa ¶ lakkhīdhitisampanno, puriso hi mahaggato;

Amittānaṃ kāsipati, mūlaṃ aggañca chindati.

10.

‘‘Sakkopi hi bhūtapati, uṭṭhāne nappamajjati;

Sa kalyāṇe dhitiṃ katvā, uṭṭhāne kurute mano.

11.

‘‘Gandhabbā pitaro devā, sājīvā [sañjīvā (pī.)] honti tādino;

Uṭṭhāhato [uṭṭhahato (syā. pī.)] appamajjato [mappamajjato (ka.)], anutiṭṭhanti devatā.

12.

‘‘So appamatto akkuddho [akkuṭṭho (pī.)], tāta kiccāni kāraya;

Vāyamassu ca kiccesu, nālaso vindate sukhaṃ.

13.

‘‘Tattheva te vattapadā, esāva [esā ca (pī.)] anusāsanī;

Alaṃ mitte sukhāpetuṃ, amittānaṃ dukhāya [dukkhāya (pī.)] ca’’.

14.

‘‘Sakkhisi tvaṃ [sakkhī tuvaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] kuṇḍalini, maññasi khattabandhuni [khattiyabandhunī (pī.)];

Rajjaṃ kāretukāmena, kiṃ su kiccaṃ kataṃ varaṃ’’.

15.

‘‘Dveva tāta padakāni, yattha [yesu (pī.)] sabbaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ;

Aladdhassa ca yo lābho, laddhassa cānurakkhaṇā.

16.

‘‘Amacce tāta jānāhi, dhīre atthassa kovide;

Anakkhā kitave tāta, asoṇḍe avināsake.

17.

‘‘Yo ca taṃ tāta rakkheyya, dhanaṃ yañceva te siyā;

Sūtova rathaṃ saṅgaṇhe, so te kiccāni kāraye.

18.

‘‘Susaṅgahitantajano, sayaṃ vittaṃ avekkhiya;

Nidhiñca iṇadānañca, na kare parapattiyā.

19.

‘‘Sayaṃ ¶ ¶ āyaṃ ¶ vayaṃ [āyavayaṃ (pī.)] jaññā, sayaṃ jaññā katākataṃ;

Niggaṇhe niggahārahaṃ, paggaṇhe paggahārahaṃ.

20.

‘‘Sayaṃ jānapadaṃ atthaṃ, anusāsa rathesabha;

Mā te adhammikā yuttā, dhanaṃ raṭṭhañca nāsayuṃ.

21.

‘‘Mā ca vegena kiccāni, karosi [kāresi (sī. syā. pī.)] kārayesi vā;

Vegasā hi kataṃ kammaṃ, mando pacchānutappati.

22.

‘‘Mā te adhisare muñca, subāḷhamadhikodhitaṃ [kopitaṃ (sī. syā.)];

Kodhasā hi bahū phītā, kulā akulataṃ gatā.

23.

‘‘Mā tāta issaromhīti, anatthāya patārayi;

Itthīnaṃ purisānañca, mā te āsi dukhudrayo.

24.

‘‘Apetalomahaṃsassa, rañño kāmānusārino;

Sabbe bhogā vinassanti, rañño taṃ vuccate aghaṃ.

25.

‘‘Tattheva te vattapadā, esāva anusāsanī;

Dakkhassudāni puññakaro, asoṇḍo avināsako;

Sīlavāssu [sīlavāssa (ṭīkā)] mahārāja, dussīlo vinipātiko’’ [vinipātako (pī.)].

26.

‘‘Apucchimha kosiyagottaṃ [apucchimhā kosiyagottaṃ (syā.), apucchamhāpi kosikaṃ (pī.)], kuṇḍaliniṃ tatheva ca;

Tvaṃ dāni vadehi jambuka [jambuka tvaṃ dāni vadehi (syā. pī.)], balānaṃ balamuttamaṃ’’.

27.

‘‘Balaṃ pañcavidhaṃ loke, purisasmiṃ mahaggate;

Tattha bāhubalaṃ nāma, carimaṃ vuccate balaṃ.

28.

‘‘Bhogabalañca dīghāvu, dutiyaṃ vuccate balaṃ;

Amaccabalañca ¶ dīghāvu, tatiyaṃ vuccate balaṃ.

29.

‘‘Abhijaccabalaṃ ceva, taṃ catutthaṃ asaṃsayaṃ;

Yāni cetāni sabbāni, adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito.

30.

‘‘Taṃ balānaṃ balaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, aggaṃ paññābaṃ balaṃ [varaṃ (sī.)];

Paññābalenupatthaddho, atthaṃ vindati paṇḍito.

31.

‘‘Api ¶ ce labhati mando, phītaṃ dharaṇimuttamaṃ;

Akāmassa pasayhaṃ vā, añño taṃ paṭipajjati.

32.

‘‘Abhijātopi ce hoti, rajjaṃ laddhāna khattiyo;

Duppañño hi kāsipati, sabbenapi na jīvati.

33.

‘‘Paññāva ¶ sutaṃ vinicchinī [paññā sutavinicchinī (syā. pī.)], paññā kitti silokavaḍḍhanī [vaddhanī (pī.)];

Paññāsahito naro idha, api dukkhe sukhāni vindati.

34.

‘‘Paññañca kho asussūsaṃ, na koci adhigacchati;

Bahussutaṃ anāgamma, dhammaṭṭhaṃ avinibbhujaṃ.

35.

‘‘Yo ca dhammavibhaṅgaññū [yo dhammañca vibhāgaññū (pī.)], kāluṭṭhāyī matandito;

Anuṭṭhahati kālena, kammaphalaṃ tassa ijjhati [kammaphalaṃ tassijjhati, phalaṃ tassa samijjhati (ka.)].

36.

‘‘Anāyatana [nā’nāyatana (pī.)] sīlassa, anāyatana [nā’nāyatana (pī.)] sevino;

Na nibbindiyakārissa, sammadattho vipaccati.

37.

‘‘Ajjhattañca payuttassa, tathāyatanasevino;

Anibbindiyakārissa, sammadattho vipaccati.

38.

‘‘Yogappayogasaṅkhātaṃ, sambhatassānurakkhaṇaṃ;

Tāni ¶ tvaṃ tāta sevassu, mā akammāya randhayi;

Akammunā hi dummedho, naḷāgāraṃva sīdati’’.

39.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, mātāpitūsu khattiya;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

40.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, puttadāresu khattiya;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

41.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, mittāmaccesu khattiya;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

42.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, vāhanesu balesu ca;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

43.

‘‘Dhammaṃ ¶ cara mahārāja, gāmesu nigamesu ca…pe….

44.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, raṭṭhesu [raṭṭhe (pī.)] janapadesu ca…pe….

45.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, samaṇa [samaṇe (syā. ka.)] brāhmaṇesu ca…pe….

46.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, migapakkhīsu khattiya;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

47.

‘‘Dhammaṃ ¶ cara mahārāja, dhammo ciṇṇo sukhāvaho [dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati (ka.)];

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

48.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, saindā [indo (pī.), sindā (ka.)] devā sabrahmakā;

Suciṇṇena divaṃ pattā, mā dhammaṃ rāja pāmado [pamādo (pī. ka.)].

49.

‘‘Tattheva ¶ te [vete (pī.)] vattapadā, esāva [esā ca (pī.)] anusāsanī;

Sappaññasevī kalyāṇī, samattaṃ sāma [sāmaṃ (ka.)] taṃ vidū’’ti.

Tesakuṇajātakaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

522. Sarabhaṅgajātakaṃ (2)

50.

‘‘Alaṅkatā kuṇḍalino suvatthā, veḷuriyamuttātharukhaggabandhā [baddhā (pī.)];

Rathesabhā tiṭṭhatha ke nu tumhe, kathaṃ vo jānanti manussaloke’’.

51.

‘‘Ahamaṭṭhako bhīmaratho panāyaṃ, kāliṅgarājā pana uggatoyaṃ [uggato ayaṃ (pī.), uggatāyaṃ (ka.)];

Susaññatānaṃ isīnaṃ [susaññatānisinaṃ (pī.)] dassanāya, idhāgatā pucchitāyemha pañhe’’.

52.

‘‘Vehāyasaṃ ¶ tiṭṭhasi [tiṭṭhati (pī.)] antalikkhe, pathaddhuno pannaraseva cando;

Pucchāmi taṃ yakkha mahānubhāva, kathaṃ taṃ jānanti manussaloke’’.

53.

‘‘Yamāhu devesu sujampatīti, maghavāti ¶ taṃ āhu manussaloke;

Sa devarājā idamajja patto, susaññatānaṃ isīnaṃ dassanāya’’.

54.

‘‘Dūre sutā no isayo samāgatā, mahiddhikā iddhiguṇūpapannā;

Vandāmi te ayire pasannacitto, ye jīvalokettha manussaseṭṭhā’’.

55.

Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ [dakkhitānaṃ (syā. pī.)], kāyā cuto gacchati mālutena;

Ito paṭikkamma sahassanetta, gandho isīnaṃ asuci devarāja’’.

56.

‘‘Gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ, kāyā cuto gacchatu mālutena;

Vicitrapupphaṃ surabhiṃva mālaṃ, gandhañca etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāma bhante;

Na hettha devā paṭikkūlasaññino’’.

57.

‘‘Purindado bhūtapatī yasassī, devānamindo sakko [idaṃ padaṃ natthi (sī. syā. pī. potthakesu)] maghavā sujampati;

Sa devarājā asuragaṇappamaddano, okāsamākaṅkhati pañha pucchituṃ.

58.

‘‘Ko ¶ nevimesaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ, pañhe puṭṭho nipuṇe byākarissati;

Tiṇṇañca raññaṃ manujādhipānaṃ, devānamindassa ca vāsavassa’’.

59.

‘‘Ayaṃ ¶ isi [isī (sī. pī.)] sarabhaṅgo tapassī [yasassī (sī.)], yato jāto virato methunasmā;

Āceraputto [ācariyaputto (pī. ka.)] suvinītarūpo, so nesaṃ pañhāni viyākarissati’’.

60.

‘‘Koṇḍañña pañhāni viyākarohi, yācanti taṃ isayo sādhurūpā;

Koṇḍañña eso manujesu dhammo, yaṃ vuddha [vaddha (pī.), buddha (ka.)] māgacchati esa bhāro’’.

61.

‘‘Katāvakāsā ¶ pucchantu bhonto, yaṃ kiñci pañhaṃ manasābhipatthitaṃ;

Ahañhi taṃ taṃ vo viyākarissaṃ, ñatvā sayaṃ lokamimaṃ parañca’’.

62.

‘‘Tato ca maghavā sakko, atthadassī purindado;

Apucchi paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ, yañcāsi abhipatthitaṃ’’.

63.

‘‘Kiṃ sū vadhitvā na kadāci socati, kissappahānaṃ isayo vaṇṇayanti;

Kassīdha ¶ vuttaṃ pharusaṃ khametha, akkhāhi me koṇḍañña etamatthaṃ’’.

64.

‘‘Kodhaṃ vadhitvā na kadāci socati, makkhappahānaṃ isayo vaṇṇayanti;

Sabbesaṃ vuttaṃ pharusaṃ khametha, etaṃ khantiṃ uttamamāhu santo’’.

65.

‘‘Sakkā ubhinnaṃ [hi dvinnaṃ (pī.)] vacanaṃ titikkhituṃ, sadisassa vā seṭṭhatarassa [seṭṭhanarassa (pī.)] vāpi;

Kathaṃ nu hīnassa vaco khametha, akkhāhi me koṇḍañña etamatthaṃ’’.

66.

‘‘Bhayā ¶ hi seṭṭhassa vaco khametha, sārambhahetū pana sādisassa;

Yo cīdha hīnassa vaco khametha, etaṃ khantiṃ uttamamāhu santo’’.

67.

‘‘Kathaṃ vijaññā catupattharūpaṃ [catumaṭṭharūpaṃ (syā. pī.)], seṭṭhaṃ sarikkhaṃ athavāpi hīnaṃ;

Virūparūpena caranti santo, tasmā hi sabbesaṃ vaco khametha’’.

68.

‘‘Na hetamatthaṃ mahatīpi senā, sarājikā yujjhamānā labhetha;

Yaṃ ¶ khantimā sappuriso labhetha, khantī balassūpasamanti verā’’.

69.

‘‘Subhāsitaṃ te anumodiyāna, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāmi tadiṅgha brūhi;

Yathā ahuṃ [ahū (sī. syā. pī.)] daṇḍakī nāḷikero [nāḷikīro (sī. syā. pī.)], athajjuno kalābu cāpi rājā;

Tesaṃ gatiṃ brūhi supāpakamminaṃ, katthūpapannā isinaṃ viheṭhakā’’.

70.

‘‘Kisañhi [kisaṃpi (pī.)] vacchaṃ avakiriya daṇḍakī, ucchinnamūlo sajano saraṭṭho;

Kukkuḷanāme nirayamhi paccati, tassa phuliṅgāni patanti kāye.

71.

‘‘Yo saññate pabbajite aheṭhayi [avañcasi (pī.)], dhammaṃ bhaṇante samaṇe adūsake;

Taṃ nāḷikeraṃ sunakhā parattha, saṅgamma khādanti viphandamānaṃ.

72.

‘‘Athajjuno ¶ niraye sattisūle, avaṃsiro patito uddhaṃpādo [uddhapādo (syā.), addhapādo (pī.)];

Aṅgīrasaṃ gotamaṃ heṭhayitvā, khantiṃ tapassiṃ cirabrahmacāriṃ.

73.

‘‘Yo ¶ khaṇḍaso pabbajitaṃ achedayi, khantiṃ vadantaṃ samaṇaṃ adūsakaṃ;

Kalābuvīciṃ upapajja paccati, mahāpatāpaṃ [mahābhitāpaṃ (pī.)] kaṭukaṃ bhayānakaṃ.

74.

‘‘Etāni sutvā nirayāni paṇḍito, aññāni pāpiṭṭhatarāni cettha;

Dhammaṃ care samaṇabrāhmaṇesu, evaṅkaro saggamupeti ṭhānaṃ’’.

75.

‘‘Subhāsitaṃ ¶ te anumodiyāna, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāmi tadiṅgha brūhi;

Kathaṃvidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti, kathaṃvidhaṃ paññavantaṃ vadanti;

Kathaṃvidhaṃ sappurisaṃ vadanti, kathaṃvidhaṃ no siri no jahāti’’.

76.

‘‘Kāyena vācāya ca yo’dha [yo ca (pī.)] saññato, manasā ca kiñci na karoti pāpaṃ;

Na attahetū alikaṃ bhaṇeti [bhaṇāti (sī. syā. pī.)], tathāvidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti.

77.

‘‘Gambhīrapañhaṃ manasābhicintayaṃ [manasā vicintayaṃ (sī.)], nāccāhitaṃ kamma karoti luddaṃ;

Kālāgataṃ ¶ [kālābhataṃ (pī.)] atthapadaṃ na riñcati, tathāvidhaṃ paññavantaṃ vadanti.

78.

‘‘Yo ¶ ve kataññū katavedi dhīro, kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hoti;

Dukhitassa sakkacca karoti kiccaṃ, tathāvidhaṃ sappurisaṃ vadanti.

79.

‘‘Etehi sabbehi guṇehupeto, saddho mudū saṃvibhāgī vadaññū;

Saṅgāhakaṃ sakhilaṃ saṇhavācaṃ, tathāvidhaṃ no siri no jahāti’’.

80.

‘‘Subhāsitaṃ te anumodiyāna, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāmi tadiṅgha brūhi;

Sīlaṃ siriñcāpi satañca dhammaṃ, paññañca kaṃ seṭṭhataraṃ vadanti’’.

81.

‘‘Paññā hi seṭṭhā kusalā vadanti, nakkhattarājāriva tārakānaṃ;

Sīlaṃ sīrī cāpi satañca dhammo [dhammā (pī.)], anvāyikā paññavato bhavanti’’.

82.

‘‘Subhāsitaṃ te anumodiyāna, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāmi tadiṅgha brūhi;

Kathaṃkaro ¶ kintikaro kimācaraṃ, kiṃ sevamāno labhatīdha paññaṃ;

Paññāya dānippaṭipaṃ [dāni paṭipadaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vadehi, kathaṃkaro paññavā hoti macco’’.

83.

‘‘Sevetha vuddhe nipuṇe bahussute, uggāhako ca paripucchako siyā;

Suṇeyya sakkacca subhāsitāni, evaṃkaro paññavā hoti macco.

84.

‘‘ ¶ Paññavā kāmaguṇe avekkhati, aniccato dukkhato rogato ca;

Evaṃ vipassī pajahāti chandaṃ, dukkhesu kāmesu mahabbhayesu.

85.

‘‘Sa vītarāgo pavineyya dosaṃ, mettaṃ [metta (syā. ka.)] cittaṃ bhāvaye [bhāveyya (sī. syā. ka.)] appamāṇaṃ;

Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, anindito brahmamupeti ṭhānaṃ’’.

86.

‘‘Mahatthiyaṃ [mahiddhiyaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] āgamanaṃ ahosi, tavamaṭṭhakā [maṭṭhaka (sī. syā. ka.)] bhīmarathassa cāpi;

Kāliṅgarājassa ca uggatassa, sabbesa ¶ vo kāmarāgo pahīno’’.

87.

‘‘Evametaṃ paracittavedi, sabbesa no kāmarāgo pahīno;

Karohi okāsamanuggahāya, yathā gatiṃ te abhisambhavema’’.

88.

‘‘Karomi okāsamanuggahāya, tathā hi vo kāmarāgo pahīno;

Pharātha kāyaṃ vipulāya pītiyā, yathā gatiṃ me abhisambhavetha’’.

89.

‘‘Sabbaṃ ¶ karissāma tavānusāsaniṃ, yaṃ yaṃ tuvaṃ vakkhasi bhūripañña;

Pharāma kāyaṃ vipulāya pītiyā, yathā gatiṃ te abhisambhavema’’.

90.

‘‘Katāya [katāyaṃ (sī. pī.)] vacchassa kisassa pūjā, gacchantu bhonto isayo sādhurūpā;

Jhāne ratā hotha sadā samāhitā, esā ratī pabbajitassa seṭṭhā’’.

91.

‘‘Sutvāna ¶ gāthā paramatthasaṃhitā, subhāsitā isinā paṇḍitena;

Te vedajātā anumodamānā, pakkāmu ¶ [pakkamu (ka.)] devā devapuraṃ yasassino.

92.

‘‘Gāthā imā atthavatī subyañjanā, subhāsitā isinā paṇḍitena;

Yo kocimā aṭṭhikatvā [aṭṭhiṃ katvā (ka.)] suṇeyya, labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ;

Laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche’’.

93.

‘‘Sālissaro sāriputto, meṇḍissaro ca kassapo;

Pabbato anuruddho ca, kaccāyano ca devalo [devilo (syā. ka.)].

94.

‘‘Anusisso ca ānando, kisavaccho ca kolito;

Nārado udāyī thero [nārado puṇṇo mantānīputto (sī.)], parisā buddhaparisā;

Sarabhaṅgo lokanātho, evaṃ dhāretha jātaka’’nti.

Sarabhaṅgajātakaṃ dutiyaṃ.

523. Alambusājātakaṃ (3)

95.

‘‘Atha bravi brahā indo, vatrabhū jayataṃ pitā;

Devakaññaṃ parābhetvā, sudhammāyaṃ alambusaṃ.

96.

‘‘Misse devā taṃ yācanti, tāvatiṃsā saindakā;

Isippalobhane ¶ [isipalobhike (sī. syā.), isiṃ palobhike (pī.)] gaccha, isisiṅgaṃ alambuse.

97.

‘‘Purāyaṃ amhe acceti [nācceti (syā. ka.)], vattavā [vatavā (sī. syā. pī.)] brahmacariyavā;

Nibbānābhirato vuddho [vaddho (pī.), buddho (syā. ka.)], tassa maggāni āvara’’.

98.

‘‘Devarāja kimeva tvaṃ, mameva tuvaṃ sikkhasi;

Isippalobhane [isipalobhike (sī. syā.), isiṃ palobhike (pī.)] gaccha, santi aññāpi accharā.

99.

‘‘Mādisiyo ¶ pavarā ceva, asoke nandane vane;

Tāsampi hotu pariyāyo, tāpi yantu palobhanā’’ [palobhikā (syā. pī.)].

100.

‘‘Addhā ¶ hi saccaṃ bhaṇasi, santi aññāpi accharā;

Tādisiyo pavarā ceva, asoke nandane vane.

101.

‘‘Na tā evaṃ pajānanti, pāricariyaṃ pumaṃ gatā;

Yādisaṃ tvaṃ pajānāsi, nāri sabbaṅgasobhane.

102.

‘‘Tvameva gaccha kalyāṇi, itthīnaṃ pavarā casi;

Taveva vaṇṇarūpena, savasamānayissasi’’ [vasamānāpayissasi (syā.), vasamānāmayissasi (pī.), taṃ vasamānayissasi (ka.)].

103.

‘‘Na vāhaṃ na gamissāmi, devarājena pesitā;

Vibhemi cetaṃ āsāduṃ, uggatejo hi brāhmaṇo.

104.

‘‘Aneke nirayaṃ pattā, isimāsādiyā janā;

Āpannā mohasaṃsāraṃ, tasmā lomāni haṃsaye’’.

105.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna pakkāmi, accharā kāmavaṇṇinī;

Missā missitu [missetu (sī. syā. pī.)] micchantī, isisiṅgaṃ alambusā.

106.

‘‘Sā ca taṃ vanamogayha, isisiṅgena rakkhitaṃ;

Bimbajālakasañchannaṃ ¶ , samantā aḍḍhayojanaṃ.

107.

‘‘Pātova pātarāsamhi, udaṇhasamayaṃ [udayasamayaṃ (syā.), udantasamayaṃ (ka.)] pati;

Aggiṭṭhaṃ parimajjantaṃ, isisiṅgaṃ upāgami’’.

108.

‘‘Kā nu vijjurivābhāsi, osadhī viya tārakā;

Vicittahatthābharaṇā [vicittavatthābharaṇā (sī.)], āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā [āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalā (?)].

109.

‘‘Ādiccavaṇṇasaṅkāsā, hemacandanagandhinī;

Saññatūrū mahāmāyā, kumārī cārudassanā.

110.

‘‘Vilaggā [vilākā (sī. syā. pī.)] mudukā suddhā, pādā te suppatiṭṭhitā;

Gamanā kāmanīyā [kamanā kamanīyā (sī. pī.)] te, harantiyeva me mano.

111.

‘‘Anupubbāva ¶ te ūrū, nāganāsasamūpamā;

Vimaṭṭhā tuyhaṃ sussoṇī, akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā.

112.

‘‘Uppalasseva kiñjakkhā, nābhi te sādhu saṇṭhitā;

Pūrā kaṇhañjanasseva, dūrato paṭidissati.

113.

‘‘Duvidhā jātā urajā, avaṇṭā sādhu paccudā;

Payodharā apatitā [appatītā (sī. syā. pī.)], aḍḍhalābusamā thanā.

114.

‘‘Dīghā kambutalābhāsā, gīvā eṇeyyakā yathā;

Paṇḍarāvaraṇā vaggu, catutthamanasannibhā.

115.

‘‘Uddhaggā ¶ ca adhaggā ca, dumaggaparimajjitā;

Duvijā nelasambhūtā, dantā tava sudassanā.

116.

‘‘Apaṇḍarā lohitantā, jiñjūka [jiñjuka (sī. syā. pī.)] phalasannibhā;

Āyatā ¶ ca visālā ca, nettā tava sudassanā.

117.

‘‘Nātidīghā susammaṭṭhā, kanakabyā [kanakaggā (pī.)] samocitā;

Uttamaṅgaruhā tuyhaṃ, kesā candanagandhikā.

118.

‘‘Yāvatā kasigorakkhā, vāṇijānaṃ [vaṇijānaṃ (pī.)] ca yā gati;

Isīnañca parakkantaṃ, saññatānaṃ tapassinaṃ.

119.

‘‘Na te samasamaṃ passe, asmiṃ pathavi [puthuvi (pī.)] maṇḍale;

Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayaṃ’’.

120.

‘‘Na pañhakālo bhaddante, kassapevaṃ gate sati;

Ehi samma ramissāma, ubho asmākamassame;

Ehi taṃ upagūhissaṃ [upaguyhissaṃ (syā.)], ratīnaṃ kusalo bhava’’.

121.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna pakkāmi, accharā kāmavaṇṇinī;

Missā missitumicchantī, isisiṅgaṃ alambusā’’.

122.

‘‘So ca vegena nikkhamma, chetvā dandhaparakkamaṃ [dandhapadakkamaṃ (ka.)];

Tamuttamāsu veṇīsu, ajjhappatto [ajjhāpatto (pī.)] parāmasi;

123.

‘‘Tamudāvatta ¶ kalyāṇī, palissaji susobhanā [susobhaṇī (syā. ka.)];

Cavitamhi [cavi tamhā (syā. ka.)] brahmacariyā, yathā taṃ atha tositā.

124.

‘‘Manasā agamā indaṃ, vasantaṃ nandane vane;

Tassā saṅkappamaññāya, maghavā devakuñjaro.

125.

‘‘Pallaṅkaṃ pahiṇī khippaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ sopavāhanaṃ;

Sauttaracchadapaññāsaṃ, sahassapaṭiyatthataṃ [paṭikatthataṃ (sī.)].

126.

‘‘Tamenaṃ ¶ tattha dhāresi, ure katvāna sobhanā;

Yathā ekamuhuttaṃva, tīṇi vassāni dhārayi.

127.

‘‘Vimado tīhi vassehi, pabujjhitvāna brāhmaṇo;

Addasāsi harita [harī (pī.)] rukkhe, samantā aggiyāyanaṃ.

128.

‘‘Navapattavanaṃ phullaṃ, kokilaggaṇaghositaṃ;

Samantā paviloketvā, rudaṃ assūni vattayi.

129.

‘‘Na ¶ juhe na jape [jappe (ka.)] mante, aggihuttaṃ pahāpitaṃ;

Ko nu me pāricariyāya, pubbe cittaṃ palobhayi.

130.

‘‘Araññe me viharato, yo me tejā ha sambhutaṃ [sambhataṃ (pī.)];

Nānāratnaparipūraṃ, nāvaṃva gaṇhi aṇṇave’’.

131.

‘‘Ahaṃ te pāricariyāya, devarājena pesitā;

Avadhiṃ [avadhī (syā. pī. ka.)] cittaṃ cittena, pamādo [pamādā (syā. pī.)] tvaṃ na bujjhasi’’.

132.

‘‘Imāni kira maṃ tāto, kassapo anusāsati;

Kamalāsadisitthiyo [sarisitthiyo (syā. pī.)], tāyo bujjhesi māṇava.

133.

‘‘Ure gaṇḍāyo bujjhesi, tāyo bujjhesi māṇava;

Iccānusāsi maṃ tāto, yathā maṃ anukampako.

134.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ nākaṃ, pitu vuddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Araññe nimmanussamhi, svajja jhāyāmi [svājjajjhāyāmi (sī. pī.)] ekako.

135.

‘‘Sohaṃ ¶ tathā karissāmi, dhiratthu jīvitena me;

Puna vā tādiso hessaṃ, maraṇaṃ me bhavissati’’.

136.

‘‘Tassa ¶ tejaṃ [tejañca (sī. pī.)] vīriyañca, dhitiṃ [dhitiñca (pī.)] ñatvā avaṭṭhitaṃ [suvaḍḍhitaṃ (sī.)];

Sirasā aggahī pāde, isisiṅgaṃ alambusā.

137.

‘‘Mā me kujjha [kujjhi (pī.)] mahāvīra, mā me kujjha [kujjhi (pī.)] mahāise;

Mahā attho mayā ciṇṇo, tidasānaṃ yasassinaṃ;

Tayā saṃkampitaṃ āsi, sabbaṃ devapuraṃ tadā’’.

138.

‘‘Tāvatiṃsā ca ye devā, tidasānañca vāsavo;

Tvañca bhadde sukhī hohi, gaccha kaññe yathāsukhaṃ’’.

139.

‘‘Tassa pāde gahetvāna, katvā ca naṃ padakkhiṇaṃ;

Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tamhā ṭhānā apakkami.

140.

‘‘Yo ca tassāsi pallaṅko, sovaṇṇo sopavāhano;

Sauttaracchadapaññāso, sahassapaṭiyatthato;

Tameva pallaṅkamāruyha, agā devāna santike.

141.

‘‘Tamokkamiva āyantiṃ, jalantiṃ vijjutaṃ yathā;

Patīto sumano vitto, devindo adadā varaṃ’’.

142.

‘‘Varañce ¶ me ado sakka, sabbabhūtānamissara;

Nisippalobhikā [na isipalobhikā (syā.), na isipalobhiyaṃ (pī.)] gacche, etaṃ sakka varaṃ vare’’ti.

Alambusājātakaṃ tatiyaṃ.

524. Saṅkhapālajātakaṃ (4)

143.

‘‘Ariyāvakāsosi pasannanetto, maññe ¶ bhavaṃ pabbajito kulamhā;

Kathaṃ nu vittāni pahāya bhoge, pabbaji nikkhamma gharā sapañña’’ [sapañño (syā.), sapaññā (pī.)].

144.

‘‘Sayaṃ ¶ vimānaṃ naradeva disvā, mahānubhāvassa mahoragassa;

Disvāna puññāna mahāvipākaṃ, saddhāyahaṃ pabbajitomhi rāja’’.

145.

‘‘Na kāmakāmā na bhayā na dosā, vācaṃ musā pabbajitā bhaṇanti;

Akkhāhi me pucchito etamatthaṃ, sutvāna me jāyihitippasādo’’.

146.

‘‘Vāṇijja [vaṇijja (pī.)] raṭṭhādhipa gacchamāno, pathe addasāsimhi bhojaputte [milācaputte (sī. pī.)];

Pavaddhakāyaṃ uragaṃ mahantaṃ, ādāya gacchante pamodamāne’’.

147.

‘‘Sohaṃ samāgamma janinda tehi, pahaṭṭhalomo avacamhi bhīto;

Kuhiṃ ayaṃ nīyati [niyyati (ka.)] bhīmakāyo, nāgena kiṃ kāhatha bhojaputtā.

148.

‘‘Nāgo ayaṃ nīyati bhojanatthā [bhojanatthaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], pavaddhakāyo ¶ urago mahanto;

Sāduñca thūlañca muduñca maṃsaṃ, na tvaṃ rasaññāsi videhaputta.

149.

‘‘Ito mayaṃ gantvā sakaṃ niketaṃ [niketanaṃ (pī.)], ādāya satthāni vikopayitvā;

Maṃsāni bhokkhāma [bhakkhāma (syā.)] pamodamānā, mayañhi ve sattavo pannagānaṃ.

150.

‘‘Sace ayaṃ nīyati bhojanatthā, pavaddhakāyo urago mahanto;

Dadāmi vo balibaddāni [balivaddāni (pī.)] soḷasa, nāgaṃ imaṃ muñcatha bandhanasmā.

151.

‘‘Addhā ¶ hi no bhakkho ayaṃ manāpo, bahū ca no uragā bhuttapubbā [bahuṃ ca no urago bhuttapubbo (ka.)];

Karoma te taṃ vacanaṃ aḷāra [āḷāra (ka.) evamuparipi], mittañca no hohi videhaputta.

152.

‘‘Tadassu te bandhanā mocayiṃsu, yaṃ natthuto paṭimokkassa pāse;

Mutto ca so bandhanā nāgarājā, pakkāmi pācīnamukho muhuttaṃ.

153.

‘‘Gantvāna pācīnamukho muhuttaṃ, puṇṇehi ¶ nettehi palokayī maṃ;

Tadāssahaṃ piṭṭhito anvagacchiṃ, dasaṅguliṃ añjaliṃ paggahetvā.

154.

‘‘Gaccheva ¶ kho tvaṃ taramānarūpo, mā taṃ amittā punaraggahesuṃ;

Dukkho hi luddehi punā samāgamo, adassanaṃ bhojaputtāna gaccha.

155.

‘‘Agamāsi so rahadaṃ vippasannaṃ, nīlobhāsaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ sutitthaṃ;

Samotataṃ [samonataṃ (syā. ka.)] jambuhi vetasāhi, pāvekkhi nittiṇṇabhayo patīto.

156.

‘‘So taṃ pavissa na cirassa nāgo, dibbena me pāturahuṃ janinda;

Upaṭṭhahī maṃ pitaraṃva putto, hadayaṅgamaṃ kaṇṇasukhaṃ bhaṇanto.

157.

‘‘Tvaṃ ¶ mesi mātā ca pitā [pitā ca (pī.)] aḷāra, abbhantaro pāṇadado sahāyo;

Sakañca iddhiṃ paṭilābhakosmi [paṭilābhitosmi (pī.)], aḷāra passa me nivesanāni;

Pahūtabhakkhaṃ bahuannapānaṃ, masakkasāraṃ ¶ viya vāsavassa’’.

158.

‘‘Taṃ bhūmibhāgehi upetarūpaṃ, asakkharā ceva mudū subhā ca;

Nīcattiṇā [nīcā tiṇā (syā. pī.)] apparajā ca bhūmi, pāsādikā yattha jahanti sokaṃ.

159.

‘‘Anāvakulā veḷuriyūpanīlā, catuddisaṃ ambavanaṃ surammaṃ;

Pakkā ca pesī ca phalā suphullā, niccotukā dhārayantī phalāni.

160.

‘‘Tesaṃ vanānaṃ naradeva majjhe, nivesanaṃ bhassarasannikāsaṃ;

Rajataggaḷaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ uḷāraṃ, obhāsatī vijjurivantalikkhe.

161.

‘‘Maṇīmayā soṇṇamayā [sovaṇṇamayā (sī. syā. pī.)] uḷārā, anekacittā satataṃ sunimmitā;

Paripūrā kaññāhi alaṅkatābhi, suvaṇṇakāyūradharāhi rāja.

162.

‘‘So saṅkhapālo taramānarūpo, pāsādamāruyha anomavaṇṇo;

Sahassathambhaṃ atulānubhāvaṃ, yatthassa ¶ bhariyā mahesī ahosi.

163.

‘‘Ekā ¶ ca nārī taramānarūpā, ādāya veḷuriyamayaṃ mahagghaṃ;

Subhaṃ maṇiṃ jātimantūpapannaṃ, acoditā āsanamabbhihāsi.

164.

‘‘Tato maṃ urago hatthe gahetvā, nisīdayī pāmukhaāsanasmiṃ;

Idamāsanaṃ atra bhavaṃ nisīdatu, bhavañhi me aññataro garūnaṃ.

165.

‘‘Aññā ca nārī taramānarūpā, ādāya vāriṃ upasaṅkamitvā;

Pādāni pakkhālayī me janinda, bhariyāva [bhariyā ca (pī.)] bhattū patino piyassa.

166.

‘‘Aparā ca nārī taramānarūpā, paggayha sovaṇṇamayāya [sovaṇṇamayā (pī.)] pātiyā;

Anekasūpaṃ vividhaṃ viyañjanaṃ, upanāmayī bhatta manuññarūpaṃ.

167.

‘‘Turiyehi [tūriyehi (ka.)] maṃ bhārata bhuttavantaṃ, upaṭṭhahuṃ bhattu mano viditvā;

Tatuttariṃ [taduttariṃ (ka.)] maṃ nipatī mahantaṃ, dibbehi ¶ kāmehi anappakehi.

168.

‘‘Bhariyā ¶ mametā tisatā aḷāra, sabbattamajjhā padumuttarābhā;

Aḷāra etāssu te kāmakārā, dadāmi te tā paricārayassu.

169.

‘‘Saṃvaccharaṃ dibbarasānubhutvā, tadāssuhaṃ [tadassahaṃ (pī.)] uttarimajjhabhāsiṃ [uttari paccabhāsiṃ (sī. syā.), uttariṃ paccabhāsiṃ (pī.)];

Nāgassidaṃ kinti kathañca laddhaṃ, kathajjhagamāsi vimānaseṭṭhaṃ’’.

170.

‘‘Adhicca ¶ laddhaṃ pariṇāmajaṃ te, sayaṃkataṃ udāhu devehi dinnaṃ;

Pucchāmi taṃ [te (pī.)] nāgarājetamatthaṃ, kathajjhagamāsi vimānaseṭṭhaṃ’’.

171.

‘‘Nādhicca laddhaṃ na pariṇāmajaṃ me, na sayaṃkataṃ nāpi devehi dinnaṃ;

Sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ’’.

172.

‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko;

Akkhāhi me nāgarājetamatthaṃ, kathaṃ ¶ nu te laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ’’.

173.

‘‘Rājā ahosiṃ magadhānamissaro, duyyodhano nāma mahānubhāvo;

So ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ saṃviditvā, asassataṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ.

174.

‘‘Annañca pānañca pasannacitto, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ [adāsi (pī.)];

Opānabhūtaṃ me gharaṃ tadāsi, santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca.

175.

[ayaṃ gāthā pī. potthake natthi] ‘‘Mālañca gandhañca vilepanañca, padīpiyaṃ [padīpayaṃ (syā. ka.)] yānamupassayañca;

Acchādanaṃ seyyamathannapānaṃ, sakkacca dānāni adamha tattha [ayaṃ gāthā pī. potthake natthi].

176.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko;

Teneva me laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, pahūtabhakkhaṃ bahuannapānaṃ’’;

‘‘Naccehi gītehi cupetarūpaṃ, ciraṭṭhitikaṃ na ca sassatāyaṃ.

177.

‘‘Appānubhāvā taṃ mahānubhāvaṃ, tejassinaṃ ¶ hanti atejavanto;

Kimeva dāṭhāvudha kiṃ paṭicca, hatthatta [hatthattha (sī. syā. pī.)] māgacchi vanibbakānaṃ [vaṇibbakānaṃ (sī.)].

178.

‘‘Bhayaṃ nu te anvagataṃ mahantaṃ, tejo nu te nānvagaṃ dantamūlaṃ;

Kimeva dāṭhāvudha kiṃ paṭicca, kilesamāpajji vanibbakānaṃ’’.

179.

‘‘Na me bhayaṃ anvagataṃ mahantaṃ, tejo na sakkā mama tehi hantuṃ [tebhihantuṃ (syā. ka.)];

Satañca dhammāni sukittitāni, samuddavelāva duraccayāni.

180.

‘‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ aḷāra, uposathaṃ niccamupāvasāmi;

Athāgamuṃ soḷasa bhojaputtā, rajjuṃ gahetvāna daḷhañca pāsaṃ.

181.

‘‘Bhetvāna nāsaṃ atikassa [antakassa (ka.)] rajjuṃ, nayiṃsu maṃ samparigayha luddā;

Etādisaṃ dukkhamahaṃ titikkhaṃ [titikkhiṃ (pī.)], uposathaṃ appaṭikopayanto’’.

182.

‘‘Ekāyane ¶ ¶ taṃ pathe addasaṃsu, balena ¶ vaṇṇena cupetarūpaṃ;

Siriyā paññāya ca bhāvitosi, kiṃ patthayaṃ [kimatthiyaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] nāga tapo karosi.

183.

‘‘Na puttahetū na dhanassa hetu, na āyuno cāpi aḷāra hetu;

Manussayoniṃ abhipatthayāno, tasmā parakkamma tapo karomi’’.

184.

‘‘Tvaṃ lohitakkho vihatantaraṃso, alaṅkato kappitakesamassu;

Surosito lohitacandanena, gandhabbarājāva disā pabhāsasi [pabhāsi (ka.)].

185.

‘‘Deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, sabbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūto;

Pucchāmi taṃ nāgarājetamatthaṃ, seyyo ito kena manussaloko’’.

186.

‘‘Aḷāra nāññatra manussalokā, suddhī va saṃvijjati saṃyamo vā;

Ahañca laddhāna manussayoniṃ, kāhāmi jātimaraṇassa antaṃ’’.

187.

‘‘Saṃvaccharo ¶ me vasato [vusito (pī.)] tavantike, annena pānena upaṭṭhitosmi;

Āmantayitvāna palemi nāga, cirappavuṭṭhosmi [cirappavuttho asmi (pī.)] ahaṃ janinda’’.

188.

‘‘Puttā ca dārā anujīvino ca [ca’nujīvino (syā. pī.)], niccānusiṭṭhā upatiṭṭhate taṃ;

Kaccinnu taṃ nābhisapittha [nābhisaṃsittha (syā. pī.)] koci, piyañhi me dassanaṃ tuyhaṃ [tuyha (pī.)] aḷāra’’.

189.

‘‘Yathāpi ¶ mātū ca pitū agāre, putto piyo paṭivihito vaseyya [seyyo (pī.)];

Tatopi mayhaṃ idhameva seyyo, cittañhi te nāga mayī pasannaṃ’’.

190.

‘‘Maṇī mamaṃ vijjati lohitaṅko [lohitaṅgo (ka.)], dhanāharo maṇiratanaṃ uḷāraṃ;

Ādāya tvaṃ [taṃ (pī.)] gaccha sakaṃ niketaṃ, laddhā dhanaṃ taṃ maṇimossajassu’’.

191.

‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā mānusakāpi kāmā, asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā;

Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, saddhāyahaṃ pabbajitomhi rāja.

192.

‘‘Dumapphalānīva ¶ patanti māṇavā, daharā ca vuddhā ca sarīrabhedā;

Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, apaṇṇakaṃ sāmaññameva seyyo’’.

193.

‘‘Addhā have sevitabbā sapaññā, bahussutā ye bahuṭhānacintino;

Nāgañca sutvāna tavañcaḷāra, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni’’.

194.

‘‘Addhā have sevitabbā sapaññā, bahussutā ye bahuṭhānacintino;

Nāgañca sutvāna mamañca rāja, karohi puññāni anappakānī’’ti.

Saṅkhapālajātakaṃ catutthaṃ.

525. Cūḷasutasomajātakaṃ (5)

195.

‘‘Āmantayāmi ¶ ¶ nigamaṃ, mittāmacce parissaje [pārisajje (sī. syā.)];

Sirasmiṃ palitaṃ jātaṃ, pabbajjaṃ dāni rocahaṃ’’.

196.

‘‘Abhumme kathaṃ nu bhaṇasi, sallaṃ me deva urasi kappesi [kampesi (pī.)];

Sattasatā te bhariyā, kathaṃ ¶ nu te tā bhavissanti’’.

197.

‘‘Paññāyihinti etā, daharā aññampi tā gamissanti;

Saggañcassa patthayāno, tena ahaṃ pabbajissāmi’’.

198.

‘‘Dulladdhaṃ me āsi sutasoma, yassa te homahaṃ mātā;

Yaṃ me vilapantiyā, anapekkho pabbajasi deva.

199.

‘‘Dulladdhaṃ me āsi sutasoma, yaṃ taṃ ahaṃ vijāyissaṃ;

Yaṃ me vilapantiyā, anapekkho pabbajasi deva’’.

200.

‘‘Ko nāmeso dhammo, sutasoma kā ca nāma pabbajjā;

Yaṃ no amhe jiṇṇe, anapekkho pabbajasi deva.

201.

‘‘Puttāpi tuyhaṃ bahavo, daharā appattayobbanā;

Mañjū tepi [te (sī. pī.)] taṃ apassantā, maññe ¶ dukkhaṃ nigacchanti’’.

202.

‘‘Puttehi ca me etehi, daharehi appattayobbanehi;

Mañjūhi sabbehipi tumhehi, cirampi ṭhatvā vināsabhāvo’’ [vinābhāvo (sī. syā. pī.)].

203.

‘‘Chinnaṃ ¶ nu tuyhaṃ hadayaṃ, adu te [ādu (sī. pī.), ādū (syā.)] karuṇā ca natthi amhesu;

Yaṃ no vikandantiyo [vikkandantiyo (sī.)], anapekkho pabbajasi deva’’.

204.

‘‘Na ca mayhaṃ chinnaṃ hadayaṃ, atthi karuṇāpi mayhaṃ tumhesu;

Saggañca patthayāno, tena ahaṃ [tenāhaṃ (sī. syā.), tenamahaṃ (pī.)] pabbajissāmi’’.

205.

‘‘Dulladdhaṃ me āsi, sutasoma yassa te ahaṃ bhariyā;

Yaṃ me vilapantiyā, anapekkho pabbajasi deva.

206.

‘‘Dulladdhaṃ me āsi, sutasoma yassa te ahaṃ bhariyā;

Yaṃ me kucchipaṭisandhiṃ [maṃ kucchimatiṃ santiṃ (pī.)], anapekkho ¶ pabbajasi deva.

207.

‘‘Paripakko me gabbho, kucchigato yāva naṃ vijāyāmi;

Māhaṃ ekā vidhavā, pacchā dukkhāni addakkhiṃ’’.

208.

‘‘Paripakko te gabbho, kucchigato iṅgha tvaṃ [tva (sī.), naṃ (pī.)] vijāyassu;

Puttaṃ anomavaṇṇaṃ, taṃ hitvā pabbajissāmi’’.

209.

‘‘Mā ¶ tvaṃ cande rudi, mā soci vanatimiramattakkhi;

Āroha varapāsādaṃ [ca pāsādaṃ (pī.)], anapekkho ahaṃ gamissāmi’’.

210.

‘‘Ko ¶ taṃ amma kopesi, kiṃ rodasi pekkhasi ca maṃ bāḷhaṃ;

Kaṃ avajjhaṃ ghātemi [ghātemi kaṃ avajjhaṃ (pī.), taṃ avajjhaṃ ghātemi (ka.)], ñātīnaṃ udikkhamānānaṃ’’.

211.

‘‘Na hi so sakkā hantuṃ, vijitāvī [jīvitāvī (pī.)] yo maṃ tāta kopesi;

Pitā te maṃ tāta avaca, anapekkho ¶ ahaṃ gamissāmi’’.

212.

‘‘Yohaṃ pubbe niyyāmi, uyyānaṃ mattakuñjare ca yodhemi;

Sutasome pabbajite, kathaṃ nu dāni karissāmi’’.

213.

‘‘Mātucca [mātu ca (sī. syā.)] me rudantyā [rudatyā (pī.)], jeṭṭhassa ca bhātuno akāmassa;

Hatthepi te gahessaṃ, na hi gacchasi [gañchisi (pī.)] no akāmānaṃ’’.

214.

‘‘Uṭṭhehi tvaṃ dhāti, imaṃ kumāraṃ ramehi aññattha;

Mā me paripanthamakāsi [makā (sī. pī.)], saggaṃ mama patthayānassa’’.

215.

‘‘Yaṃ nūnimaṃ dadeyyaṃ [jaheyyaṃ (pī.)] pabhaṅkaraṃ, ko nu me imināttho [ko nu me iminā attho (sī. syā.), ko nu me nattho (pī.)];

Sutasome pabbajite, kiṃ nu menaṃ karissāmi’’.

216.

‘‘Koso ¶ ca tuyhaṃ vipulo, koṭṭhāgārañca tuyhaṃ paripūraṃ;

Pathavī ca tuyhaṃ vijitā, ramassu ¶ mā pabbaji [pabbajassu (sī.), pabbaja (pī.)] deva’’.

217.

‘‘Koso ca mayhaṃ vipulo, koṭṭhāgārañca mayhaṃ paripūraṃ;

Pathavī ca mayhaṃ vijitā, taṃ hitvā pabbajissāmi’’.

218.

‘‘Mayhampi dhanaṃ pahūtaṃ, saṅkhātuṃ [saṅkhyātuṃ (sī.)] nopi deva sakkomi;

Taṃ te dadāmi sabbampi [taṃ deva te dadāmi sabbampi (sī.), taṃ te dadāmi sabbaṃ (pī.)], ramassu mā pabbaji deva’’.

219.

‘‘Jānāmi [jānāmi te (sī. syā.)] dhanaṃ pahūtaṃ, kulavaddhana pūjito tayā casmi;

Saggañca patthayāno, tena ahaṃ pabbajissāmi’’.

220.

‘‘Ukkaṇṭhitosmi bāḷhaṃ, arati maṃ somadatta āvisati [āvīsati (ka.)];

Bahukāpi [bahukā hi (sī. syā.)] me antarāyā, ajjevāhaṃ pabbajissāmi’’.

221.

‘‘Idañca tuyhaṃ rucitaṃ, sutasoma ajjeva dāni tvaṃ pabbaja;

Ahampi pabbajissāmi, na ¶ ussahe tayā vinā ahaṃ ṭhātuṃ’’.

222.

‘‘Na hi sakkā pabbajituṃ, nagare na hi paccati janapade ca’’;

‘‘Sutasome pabbajite, kathaṃ nu dāni karissāma’’.

223.

‘‘Upanīyatidaṃ maññe, parittaṃ udakaṃva caṅkavāramhi;

Evaṃ suparittake jīvite, na ca pamajjituṃ kālo.

224.

‘‘Upanīyatidaṃ ¶ maññe, parittaṃ udakaṃva caṅkavāramhi;

Evaṃ suparittake jīvite, andhabālā [atha bālā (sī. syā. pī.)] pamajjanti.

225.

‘‘Te vaḍḍhayanti nirayaṃ, tiracchānayoniñca pettivisayañca;

Taṇhāya bandhanabaddhā, vaḍḍhenti asurakāyaṃ’’.

226.

‘‘Ūhaññate ¶ rajaggaṃ, avidūre pubbakamhi ca [pupphakamhi ca (sī. pī.)] pāsāde;

Maññe no kesā chinnā, yasassino ¶ dhammarājassa’’.

227.

‘‘Ayamassa pāsādo, sovaṇṇa [sovaṇṇo (pī.)] pupphamālyavītikiṇṇo;

Yahi [yamhi (pī.)] manuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

228.

‘‘Ayamassa pāsādo, sovaṇṇapupphamālyavītikiṇṇo;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

229.

‘‘Idamassa kūṭāgāraṃ, sovaṇṇapupphamālyavītikiṇṇaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

230.

‘‘Idamassa kūṭāgāraṃ, sovaṇṇa [sovaṇṇaṃ (pī.)] pupphamālyavītikiṇṇaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

231.

‘‘Ayamassa asokavanikā, supupphitā sabbakālikā rammā;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ¶ itthāgārehi.

232.

‘‘Ayamassa asokavanikā, supupphitā sabbakālikā rammā;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

233.

‘‘Idamassa uyyānaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

234.

‘‘Idamassa uyyānaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

235.

‘‘Idamassa kaṇikāravanaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

236.

‘‘Idamassa kaṇikāravanaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ¶ ñātisaṅghena.

237.

‘‘Idamassa pāṭalivanaṃ [pāṭalīvanaṃ (sī.)], supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

238.

‘‘Idamassa pāṭalivanaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

239.

‘‘Idamassa ¶ ¶ ambavanaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo itthāgārehi.

240.

‘‘Idamassa ambavanaṃ, supupphitaṃ sabbakālikaṃ rammaṃ;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena.

241.

‘‘Ayamassa pokkharaṇī, sañchannā aṇḍajehi vītikiṇṇā;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ¶ itthāgārehi.

242.

‘‘Ayamassa pokkharaṇī, sañchannā aṇḍajehi vītikiṇṇā;

Yahimanuvicari rājā, parikiṇṇo ñātisaṅghena’’.

243.

‘‘Rājā vo kho [rājā kho (sī. syā. pī.)] pabbajito, sutasomo rajjaṃ imaṃ pahatvāna [pahantvāna (syā. ka.)];

Kāsāyavatthavasano, nāgova ekako [ekakova (sī.)] carati’’.

244.

‘‘Māssu pubbe ratikīḷitāni, hasitāni ca anussarittha [anussarittho (pī.)];

Mā vo kāmā haniṃsu, rammaṃ hi [surammañhi (syā. ka.)] sudassanaṃ [sudassanaṃ nāma (sī.)] nagaraṃ.

245.

‘‘Mettacittañca [mettañca (pī.)] bhāvetha, appamāṇaṃ divā ca ratto ca;

Agacchittha [atha gañchittha (sī. syā. pī.)] devapura, āvāsaṃ puññakammina’’nti [puññakammānanti (pī.)].

Cūḷasutasomajātakaṃ pañcamaṃ.

Cattālīsanipātaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Suvapaṇḍitajambukakuṇḍalino ¶ , varakaññamalambusajātakañca;

Pavaruttamasaṅkhasirīvhayako, sutasomaarindhamarājavaro.

18. Paṇṇāsanipāto

526. Niḷinikājātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Uddayhate ¶ ¶ ¶ [uḍḍayhate (sī. pī.)] janapado, raṭṭhañcāpi vinassati;

Ehi niḷinike [niḷike (sī. syā. pī.), evamuparipi] gaccha, taṃ me brāhmaṇamānaya’’.

2.

‘‘Nāhaṃ dukkhakkhamā rāja, nāhaṃ addhānakovidā;

Kathaṃ ahaṃ gamissāmi, vanaṃ kuñjarasevitaṃ’’.

3.

‘‘Phītaṃ janapadaṃ gantvā, hatthinā ca rathena ca;

Dārusaṅghāṭayānena, evaṃ gaccha niḷinike.

4.

‘‘Hatthiassarathe pattī, gacchevādāya khattiye;

Taveva vaṇṇarūpena, vasaṃ tamānayissasi’’.

5.

‘‘Kadalīdhajapaññāṇo, ābhujīparivārito;

Eso padissati rammo, isisiṅgassa assamo.

6.

‘‘Eso aggissa saṅkhāto, eso dhūmo padissati;

Maññe no aggiṃ hāpeti, isisiṅgo mahiddhiko’’.

7.

‘‘Tañca ¶ disvāna āyantiṃ, āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalaṃ;

Isisiṅgo pāvisi bhīto, assamaṃ paṇṇachādanaṃ.

8.

‘‘Assamassa ca sā dvāre, geṇḍukenassa [bheṇḍukenassa (sī. pī.)] kīḷati;

Vidaṃsayantī aṅgāni, guyhaṃ pakāsitāni ca.

9.

‘‘Tañca disvāna kīḷantiṃ, paṇṇasālagato jaṭī;

Assamā nikkhamitvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

10.

‘‘Ambho ko nāma so rukkho, yassa tevaṃgataṃ phalaṃ;

Dūrepi khittaṃ pacceti, na taṃ ohāya gacchati’’.

11.

‘‘Assamassa ¶ mama [maṃ (sī.)] brahme, samīpe gandhamādane;

Bahavo [pabbate (sī.)] tādisā rukkhā, yassa tevaṃgataṃ phalaṃ;

Dūrepi khittaṃ pacceti, na maṃ ohāya gacchati’’.

12.

‘‘Etū ¶ [etu (sī. syā. ka.)] bhavaṃ assamimaṃ adetu, pajjañca bhakkhañca paṭiccha dammi;

Idamāsanaṃ atra bhavaṃ nisīdatu, ito bhavaṃ mūlaphalāni bhuñjatu’’ [khādatu (sī.)].

13.

‘‘Kiṃ te idaṃ ūrūnamantarasmiṃ, supicchitaṃ kaṇharivappakāsati;

Akkhāhi me pucchito etamatthaṃ, kose nu te uttamaṅgaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ’’.

14.

‘‘Ahaṃ vane mūlaphalesanaṃ caraṃ, āsādayiṃ ¶ [assādayiṃ (ka.)] acchaṃ sughorarūpaṃ;

So maṃ patitvā sahasājjhapatto, panujja maṃ abbahi [abbuhi (syā. ka.)] uttamaṅgaṃ.

15.

‘‘Svāyaṃ vaṇo khajjati kaṇḍuvāyati, sabbañca kālaṃ na labhāmi sātaṃ;

Paho bhavaṃ kaṇḍumimaṃ vinetuṃ, kurutaṃ bhavaṃ yācito brāhmaṇatthaṃ’’.

16.

‘‘Gambhīrarūpo te vaṇo salohito, apūtiko vaṇagandho [pakkagandho (sī.), pannagandho (syā. pī.)] mahā ca;

Karomi te kiñci kasāyayogaṃ, yathā bhavaṃ paramasukhī bhaveyya’’.

17.

‘‘Na ¶ mantayogā na kasāyayogā, na osadhā brahmacāri [brahmacārī (sī. syā. pī.)] kamanti;

Ghaṭṭe mudukena [yaṃ te mudu tena (sī.), yaṃ te mudū tena (pī.)] vinehi kaṇḍuṃ [kaṇḍukaṃ (pī.)], yathā ahaṃ paramasukhī bhaveyyaṃ’’.

18.

‘‘Ito nu bhoto katamena assamo, kacci bhavaṃ abhiramasi [abhiramasī (pī.)] araññe;

Kacci nu te [kacci te (pī.)] mūlaphalaṃ pahūtaṃ, kacci bhavantaṃ na vihiṃsanti vāḷā’’.

19.

‘‘Ito ¶ ujuṃ uttarāyaṃ disāyaṃ, khemānadī himavatā pabhāvī [pabhāti (sī. pī.)];

Tassā tīre assamo mayha rammo, aho bhavaṃ assamaṃ mayhaṃ passe.

20.

‘‘Ambā ca sālā tilakā ca jambuyo, uddālakā pāṭaliyo ca phullā;

Samantato kimpurisābhigītaṃ, aho bhavaṃ assamaṃ mayhaṃ passe.

21.

‘‘Tālā ca mūlā ca phalā ca mettha, vaṇṇena gandhena upetarūpaṃ;

Taṃ bhūmibhāgehi upetarūpaṃ, aho bhavaṃ assamaṃ mayhaṃ passe.

21.

‘‘Phalā ca mūlā ca pahūtamettha, vaṇṇena gandhena rasenupetā;

Āyanti ca luddakā taṃ padesaṃ, mā me tato mūlaphalaṃ ahāsuṃ’’.

23.

‘‘Pitā mamaṃ mūlaphalesanaṃ gato, idāni āgacchati sāyakāle;

Ubhova gacchāmase assamaṃ taṃ, yāva ¶ pitā mūlaphalato etu’’.

24.

‘‘Aññe ¶ bahū isayo sādhurūpā, rājīsayo anumagge vasanti;

Te yeva pucchesi mamassamaṃ taṃ, te taṃ nayissanti mamaṃ sakāse’’.

25.

‘‘Na te kaṭṭhāni bhinnāni, na te udakamābhataṃ;

Aggīpi te na hāpito [hāsito (sī. syā.)], kiṃ nu mandova jhāyasi.

26.

‘‘Bhinnāni kaṭṭhāni huto ca aggi, tapanīpi te samitā brahmacārī [brahmacāri (?)];

Pīṭhañca mayhaṃ udakañca hoti, ramasi tuvaṃ [tvaṃ (sī.)] brahmabhūto puratthā.

27.

‘‘Abhinnakaṭṭhosi ¶ anābhatodako, ahāpitaggīsi [ahāpitaggīpi (ka.)] asiddhabhojano [asiṭṭhabhojano (ka.)];

Na me tuvaṃ ālapasī mamajja, naṭṭhaṃ nu kiṃ cetasikañca dukkhaṃ’’.

28.

‘‘Idhāgamā jaṭilo brahmacārī, sudassaneyyo sutanū vineti;

Nevātidīgho na panātirasso, sukaṇhakaṇhacchadanehi bhoto.

29.

‘‘Amassujāto ¶ apurāṇavaṇṇī, ādhārarūpañca panassa kaṇṭhe;

Dve yamā [dve passa (sī.), dvāssa (pī.)] gaṇḍā uresu jātā, suvaṇṇatindukanibhā [suvaṇṇapindūpanibhā (sī.), suvaṇṇatiṇḍusannibhā (syā.), sovannapiṇḍūpanibhā (pī.)] pabhassarā.

30.

‘‘Mukhañca tassa bhusadassaneyyaṃ, kaṇṇesu lambanti ca kuñcitaggā;

Te jotare carato māṇavassa, suttañca yaṃ saṃyamanaṃ jaṭānaṃ.

31.

‘‘Aññā ¶ ca tassa saṃyamāni [saṃyamanī (sī. pī.)] catasso, nīlā pītā [nīlāpi tā (pī.)] lohitikā [lohitakā (syā. pī. ka.)] ca setā;

Tā piṃsare [saṃsare (sī. syā.)] carato māṇavassa, tiriṭi [cirīṭi (sī. pī.)] saṅghāriva pāvusamhi.

32.

‘‘Na mikhalaṃ muñjamayaṃ dhāreti, na santhare [santace (sī.), santacaṃ (pī.), santare (ka.)] no pana pabbajassa;

Tā jotare jaghanantare [jaghanavare (sī. pī.)] vilaggā, sateratā vijjurivantalikkhe.

33.

‘‘Akhīlakāni ca avaṇṭakāni, heṭṭhā nabhyā kaṭisamohitāni;

Aghaṭṭitā niccakīḷaṃ karonti, haṃ tāta kiṃrukkhaphalāni tāni.

34.

‘‘Jaṭā ¶ ca tassa bhusadassaneyyā, parosataṃ vellitaggā sugandhā;

Dvedhā siro sādhu vibhattarūpo, aho nu kho mayha tathā jaṭāssu.

35.

‘‘Yadā ca so pakirati tā jaṭāyo, vaṇṇena gandhena upetarūpā;

Nīluppalaṃ vātasameritaṃva, tatheva saṃvāti panassamo ayaṃ.

36.

‘‘Paṅko ca tassa bhusadassaneyyo, netādiso yādiso mayhaṃ kāye [kāyo (sī. syā. pī.)];

So vāyatī erito mālutena, vanaṃ yathā aggagimhe suphullaṃ.

37.

‘‘Nihanti ¶ so rukkhaphalaṃ pathabyā, sucittarūpaṃ ruciraṃ dassaneyyaṃ;

Khittañca tassa punareti hatthaṃ, haṃ tāta kiṃrukkhaphalaṃ nu kho taṃ.

38.

‘‘Dantā ca tassa bhusadassaneyyā, suddhā samā saṅkhavarūpapannā;

Mano pasādenti vivariyamānā, na hi [na ha (sī. pī.)] nūna so sākamakhādi tehi.

39.

‘‘Akakkasaṃ ¶ aggaḷitaṃ muhuṃ muduṃ, ujuṃ anuddhataṃ acapalamassa bhāsitaṃ;

Rudaṃ manuññaṃ karavīkasussaraṃ, hadayaṅgamaṃ rañjayateva me mano.

40.

‘‘Bindussaro nātivisaṭṭhavākyo [nātivissaṭṭhavākyo (sī. syā. pī.)], na nūna sajjhāyamatippayutto;

Icchāmi bho [kho (sī. syā. pī.)] taṃ punadeva daṭṭhuṃ, mitto hi [mittaṃ hi (sī. syā. pī.)] me māṇavohu [māṇavāhu (sī. syā.), māṇavāhū (pī.)] puratthā.

41.

‘‘Susandhi ¶ sabbattha vimaṭṭhimaṃ vaṇaṃ, puthū [puthuṃ (pī.), puthu (ka.)] sujātaṃ kharapattasannibhaṃ;

Teneva maṃ uttariyāna māṇavo, vivaritaṃ ūruṃ jaghanena pīḷayi.

42.

‘‘Tapanti ābhanti virocare ca, sateratā vijjurivantalikkhe;

Bāhā mudū añjanalomasādisā, vicitravaṭṭaṅgulikāssa sobhare.

43.

‘‘Akakkasaṅgo ¶ na ca dīghalomo, nakhāssa dīghā api lohitaggā;

Mudūhi bāhāhi palissajanto, kalyāṇarūpo ramayaṃ [ramayhaṃ (ka.)] upaṭṭhahi.

44.

‘‘Dumassa ¶ tūlūpanibhā pabhassarā, suvaṇṇakambutalavaṭṭasucchavī;

Hatthā mudū tehi maṃ saṃphusitvā, ito gato tena maṃ dahanti tāta.

45.

‘‘Na nūna [na ha nūna (sī. pī.)] so khārividhaṃ ahāsi, na nūna so kaṭṭhāni sayaṃ abhañji;

Na nūna so hanti dume kuṭhāriyā [kudhāriyā (ka.)], na hissa [na pissa (sī. syā. pī.)] hatthesu khilāni atthi.

46.

‘‘Accho ca kho tassa vaṇaṃ akāsi, so maṃbravi sukhitaṃ maṃ karohi;

Tāhaṃ kariṃ tena mamāsi sokhyaṃ, so cabravi sukhitosmīti brahme.

47.

‘‘Ayañca te māluvapaṇṇasanthatā, vikiṇṇarūpāva mayā ca tena ca;

Kilantarūpā udake ramitvā, punappunaṃ paṇṇakuṭiṃ vajāma.

48.

‘‘Na majja mantā paṭibhanti tāta, na aggihuttaṃ napi yaññatantaṃ [yaññatantraṃ (sī.), yaññaṃ tatra (pī. ka.), yaññatatra (syā.)];

Na cāpi te mūlaphalāni bhuñje, yāva ¶ na passāmi taṃ brahmacāriṃ.

49.

‘‘Addhā ¶ pajānāsi tuvampi tāta, yassaṃ disaṃ [disāyaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)] vasate brahmacārī;

Taṃ maṃ disaṃ pāpaya tāta khippaṃ, mā te ahaṃ amarimassamamhi.

50.

‘‘Vicitraphullaṃ [vicitrapupphaṃ (sī. pī.)] hi vanaṃ sutaṃ mayā, dijābhighuṭṭhaṃ dijasaṅghasevitaṃ;

Taṃ maṃ vanaṃ pāpaya tāta khippaṃ, purā te pāṇaṃ vijahāmi assame’’.

51.

‘‘Imasmāhaṃ jotirase vanamhi, gandhabbadevaccharasaṅghasevite;

Isīnamāvāse sanantanamhi, netādisaṃ aratiṃ pāpuṇetha.

52.

‘‘Bhavanti mittāni atho na honti, ñātīsu mittesu karonti pemaṃ;

Ayañca jammo kissa vā niviṭṭho, yo neva jānāti kutomhi āgato.

53.

‘‘Saṃvāsena hi mittāni, sandhiyanti [sandhīyanti (sī. pī.)] punappunaṃ;

Sveva mitto [sā ca metti (pī.)] asaṃgantu, asaṃvāsena jīrati.

54.

‘‘Sace ¶ tuvaṃ dakkhasi brahmacāriṃ, sace tuvaṃ sallape [sallapi (sī.)] brahmacārinā;

Sampannasassaṃva mahodakena, tapoguṇaṃ khippamimaṃ pahissasi [pahassasi (sī. syā. pī.)].

55.

‘‘Punapi ¶ [punappi (pī.)] ce dakkhasi brahmacāriṃ, punapi [punappi (pī.)] ce sallape brahmacārinā;

Sampannasassaṃva mahodakena, usmāgataṃ khippamimaṃ pahissasi.

56.

‘‘Bhūtāni ¶ hetāni [etāni (pī.)] caranti tāta, virūparūpena manussaloke;

Na tāni sevetha naro sapañño, āsajja naṃ nassati brahmacārī’’ti.

Niḷinikājātakaṃ [naḷinījātakaṃ (sī.), naḷinijātakaṃ (pī.)] paṭhamaṃ.

527. Ummādantījātakaṃ (2)

57.

‘‘Nivesanaṃ kassa nudaṃ sunanda, pākārena paṇḍumayena guttaṃ;

Kā dissati aggisikhāva dūre, vehāyasaṃ [vehāsayaṃ (sī. pī.)] pabbataggeva acci.

58.

‘‘Dhītā ¶ nvayaṃ [nayaṃ (sī. pī.), nvāyaṃ (syā.)] kassa sunanda hoti, suṇisā nvayaṃ [nayaṃ (sī. pī.), nvāyaṃ (syā.)] kassa athopi bhariyā;

Akkhāhi me khippamidheva puṭṭho, avāvaṭā yadi vā atthi bhattā’’.

59.

‘‘Ahañhi jānāmi janinda etaṃ, matyā ca petyā ca athopi assā;

Taveva so puriso bhūmipāla, rattindivaṃ appamatto tavatthe.

60.

‘‘Iddho ca phīto ca suvaḍḍhito [subāḷhiko (pī.)] ca, amacco ca te aññataro janinda;

Tassesā bhariyābhipārakassa [ahipārakassa (sī. pī.), abhipādakassa (ka.)], ummādantī [ummādantīti (ka.)] nāmadheyyena rāja’’.

61.

‘‘Ambho ¶ ambho nāmamidaṃ imissā, matyā ca petyā ca kataṃ susādhu;

Tadā [tathā (sī. syā. pī.)] hi mayhaṃ avalokayantī, ummattakaṃ ummadantī akāsi’’.

62.

‘‘Yā puṇṇamāse [puṇṇamāye (ka.)] migamandalocanā, upāvisi puṇḍarīkattacaṅgī;

Dve puṇṇamāyo tadahū amaññahaṃ, disvāna pārāvatarattavāsiniṃ.

63.

‘‘Aḷārapamhehi ¶ subhehi vaggubhi, palobhayantī maṃ yadā udikkhati;

Vijambhamānā harateva me mano, jātā vane kimpurisīva pabbate.

64.

‘‘Tadā hi brahatī sāmā, āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā;

Ekaccavasanā nārī, migī bhantāvudikkhati.

65.

‘‘Kadāssu maṃ tambanakhā sulomā, bāhāmudū candanasāralittā;

Vaṭṭaṅgulī sannatadhīrakuttiyā, nārī upaññissati sīsato subhā.

66.

‘‘Kadāssu maṃ kañcanajāluracchadā, dhītā tirīṭissa vilaggamajjhā;

Mudūhi bāhāhi palissajissati, brahāvane jātadumaṃva māluvā.

67.

‘‘Kadāssu ¶ [kadāssu maṃ (syā. ka.)] lākhārasarattasucchavī, bindutthanī puṇḍarīkattacaṅgī;

Mukhaṃ mukhena upanāmayissati, soṇḍova soṇḍassa surāya thālaṃ.

68.

‘‘Yadāddasaṃ [yathāddasaṃ (pī.)] taṃ tiṭṭhantiṃ, sabbabhaddaṃ [sabbagattaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] manoramaṃ;

Tato ¶ sakassa cittassa, nāvabodhāmi kañcinaṃ [kiñcinaṃ (ka.), kiñcanaṃ (pī.)].

69.

‘‘Ummādantimahaṃ ¶ daṭṭhā [diṭṭhā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalaṃ;

Na supāmi divārattiṃ, sahassaṃva parājito.

70.

‘‘Sakko ce [ca (sī. pī.)] me varaṃ dajjā, so ca labbhetha me varo;

Ekarattaṃ dvirattaṃ [dirattaṃ (pī.)] vā, bhaveyyaṃ abhipārako;

Ummādantyā ramitvāna, sivirājā tato siyaṃ’’ [siyā (syā. pī.)].

71.

‘‘Bhūtāni me bhūtapatī namassato, āgamma yakkho idametadabravi;

Rañño mano ummadantyā niviṭṭho, dadāmi te taṃ paricārayassu’’.

72.

‘‘Puññā vidhaṃse amaro na camhi, jano ca me pāpamidañca [pāpamidanti (sī. pī.)] jaññā;

Bhuso ca tyassa manaso vighāto, datvā piyaṃ ummadantiṃ adaṭṭhā’’.

73.

‘‘Janinda nāññatra tayā mayā vā, sabbāpi kammassa katassa jaññā;

Yaṃ te mayā ummadantī padinnā, bhusehi rājā vanathaṃ sajāhi’’.

74.

‘‘Yo pāpakaṃ kamma karaṃ manusso, so ¶ maññati māyida [māyidha (ka.)] maññiṃsu aññe;

Passanti bhūtāni karontametaṃ, yuttā ca ye honti narā pathabyā.

75.

‘‘Añño nu te koci [kodha (pī.)] naro pathabyā, saddheyya [saddaheyya (sī.)] lokasmi na me piyāti;

Bhuso ca tyassa manaso vighāto, datvā piyaṃ ummadantiṃ adaṭṭhā’’.

76.

‘‘Addhā ¶ piyā mayha janinda esā, na sā mamaṃ appiyā bhūmipāla;

Gaccheva tvaṃ ummadantiṃ bhadante, sīhova selassa guhaṃ upeti’’.

77.

‘‘Na pīḷitā attadukhena dhīrā, sukhapphalaṃ kamma pariccajanti;

Sammohitā vāpi sukhena mattā, na pāpakammañca [pāpakaṃ kamma (pī.)] samācaranti’’.

78.

‘‘Tuvañhi mātā ca pitā ca mayhaṃ, bhattā patī posako devatā ca;

Dāso ahaṃ tuyha saputtadāro, yathāsukhaṃ sāmi [sibba (sī.), sīvi (syā.)] karohi kāmaṃ’’.

79.

‘‘Yo issaromhīti karoti pāpaṃ, katvā ¶ ca so nuttasate [nuttapate (pī.)] paresaṃ;

Na tena so jīvati dīghamāyu [dīghamāyuṃ (sī. syā.)], devāpi pāpena samekkhare naṃ.

80.

‘‘Aññātakaṃ sāmikehī padinnaṃ, dhamme ṭhitā ye paṭicchanti dānaṃ;

Paṭicchakā dāyakā cāpi tattha, sukhapphalaññeva karonti kammaṃ’’.

81.

‘‘Añño ¶ nu te koci naro pathabyā, saddheyya lokasmi na me piyāti;

Bhuso ca tyassa manaso vighāto, datvā piyaṃ ummadantiṃ adaṭṭhā’’.

82.

‘‘Addhā piyā mayha janinda esā, na sā mamaṃ appiyā bhūmipāla;

Yaṃ te mayā ummadantī padinnā, bhusehi rājā vanathaṃ sajāhi’’.

83.

‘‘Yo ¶ attadukkhena parassa dukkhaṃ, sukhena vā attasukhaṃ dahāti;

Yathevidaṃ mayha tathā paresaṃ, yo [so (pī.)] evaṃ jānāti [pajānāti (ka.)] sa vedi dhammaṃ.

84.

‘‘Añño nu te koci naro pathabyā, saddheyya ¶ lokasmi na me piyāti;

Bhuso ca tyassa manaso vighāto, datvā piyaṃ ummadantiṃ adaṭṭhā’’.

85.

‘‘Janinda jānāsi piyā mamesā, na sā mamaṃ appiyā bhūmipāla;

Piyena te dammi piyaṃ janinda, piyadāyino deva piyaṃ labhanti’’.

86.

‘‘So nūnāhaṃ vadhissāmi, attānaṃ kāmahetukaṃ;

Na hi dhammaṃ adhammena, ahaṃ vadhitumussahe’’.

87.

‘‘Sace tuvaṃ mayha satiṃ [santi (ka.)] janinda, na kāmayāsi naravīra seṭṭha;

Cajāmi naṃ sabbajanassa sibyā [sibba (sī. pī.), majjhe (syā.)], mayā pamuttaṃ tato avhayesi [avhayāsi (ka.)] naṃ’’.

88.

‘‘Adūsiyaṃ ce abhipāraka tvaṃ, cajāsi katte ahitāya tyassa;

Mahā ca te upavādopi assa, na cāpi tyassa nagaramhi pakkho’’.

89.

‘‘Ahaṃ sahissaṃ upavādametaṃ, nindaṃ pasaṃsaṃ garahañca sabbaṃ;

Mametamāgacchatu bhūmipāla, yathāsukhaṃ ¶ sivi [sibba (sī. pī.)] karohi kāmaṃ’’.

90.

‘‘Yo ¶ neva nindaṃ na panappasaṃsaṃ, ādiyati garahaṃ nopi pūjaṃ;

Sirī ca lakkhī ca apeti tamhā, āpo suvuṭṭhīva yathā thalamhā’’.

91.

‘‘Yaṃ kiñci dukkhañca sukhañca etto, dhammātisārañca manovighātaṃ;

Urasā ahaṃ paccuttarissāmi [paṭicchissāmi (sī. syā.), paccupadissāmi (pī.)] sabbaṃ, pathavī yathā thāvarānaṃ tasānaṃ’’.

92.

‘‘Dhammātisārañca manovighātaṃ, dukkhañca nicchāmi ahaṃ paresaṃ;

Ekovimaṃ hārayissāmi bhāraṃ, dhamme ṭhito kiñci ahāpayanto’’.

93.

‘‘Saggūpagaṃ puññakammaṃ janinda, mā me tuvaṃ antarāyaṃ akāsi;

Dadāmi te ummadantiṃ pasanno, rājāva yaññe dhanaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ’’.

94.

‘‘Addhā tuvaṃ katte hitesi mayhaṃ, sakhā mamaṃ ummadantī tuvañca;

Nindeyyu devā pitaro ca sabbe, pāpañca ¶ passaṃ abhisamparāyaṃ’’.

95.

‘‘Na hetadhammaṃ sivirāja vajjuṃ, sanegamā jānapadā ca sabbe;

Yaṃ te mayā ummadantī padinnā, bhusehi rājā vanathaṃ sajāhi’’.

96.

‘‘Addhā ¶ tuvaṃ katte hitesi mayhaṃ, sakhā mamaṃ ummadantī tuvañca;

Satañca dhammāni sukittitāni, samuddavelāva duraccayāni’’.

97.

‘‘Āhuneyyo ¶ mesi hitānukampī, dhātā vidhātā casi kāmapālo;

Tayī hutā rāja mahapphalā hi [mahapphalā hi me (pī.)], kāmena me ummadantiṃ paṭiccha’’.

98.

‘‘Addhā hi sabbaṃ abhipāraka tvaṃ, dhammaṃ acārī mama kattuputta;

Añño nu te ko idha sotthikattā, dvipado naro aruṇe jīvaloke’’.

99.

‘‘Tuvaṃ nu seṭṭho tvamanuttarosi, tvaṃ dhammagū [dhammagutto (sī.)] dhammavidū sumedho;

So dhammagutto cirameva jīva, dhammañca ¶ me desaya dhammapāla’’.

100.

‘‘Tadiṅgha abhipāraka, suṇohi vacanaṃ mama;

Dhammaṃ te desayissāmi, sataṃ āsevitaṃ ahaṃ.

101.

‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro;

Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ.

102.

‘‘Akkodhanassa vijite, ṭhitadhammassa rājino;

Sukhaṃ manussā āsetha, sītacchāyāya saṅghare.

103.

‘‘Na cāhametaṃ abhirocayāmi, kammaṃ asamekkhakataṃ asādhu;

Ye vāpi ñatvāna sayaṃ karonti, upamā imā mayhaṃ tuvaṃ suṇohi.

104.

‘‘Gavaṃ ce taramānānaṃ, jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, nette jimhaṃ gate sati.

105.

‘‘Evameva [evamevaṃ (pī.)] manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So ce adhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ ¶ raṭṭhaṃ dukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti adhammiko.

106.

‘‘Gavaṃ ¶ ce taramānānaṃ, ujuṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā gāvī ujuṃ yanti, nette ujuṃ gate sati.

107.

‘‘Evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So sace dhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti dhammiko.

108.

‘‘Na cāpāhaṃ adhammena, amarattamabhipatthaye;

Imaṃ vā pathaviṃ sabbaṃ, vijetuṃ abhipāraka.

109.

‘‘Yañhi kiñci manussesu, ratanaṃ idha vijjati;

Gāvo dāso hiraññañca, vatthiyaṃ haricandanaṃ.

110.

‘‘Assitthiyo ¶ [assitthiyo ca (sī.)] ratanaṃ maṇikañca, yañcāpi me candasūriyā abhipālayanti;

Na tassa hetu visamaṃ careyyaṃ, majjhe sivīnaṃ usabhomhi jāto.

111.

‘‘Netā hitā [netābhi tā (sī.)] uggato raṭṭhapālo, dhammaṃ sivīnaṃ apacāyamāno;

So dhammamevānuvicintayanto, tasmā sake cittavase na vatto’’.

112.

‘‘Addhā tuvaṃ mahārāja, niccaṃ abyasanaṃ sivaṃ;

Karissasi ciraṃ rajjaṃ, paññā hi tava tādisī.

113.

‘‘Etaṃ te anumodāma, yaṃ dhammaṃ nappamajjasi;

Dhammaṃ pamajja khattiyo, raṭṭhā [ṭhānā (sī.)] cavati issaro.

114.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, mātāpitūsu khattiya;

Idha ¶ dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

115.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, puttadāresu khattiya…pe….

116.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, mittāmaccesu khattiya…pe….

117.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, vāhanesu balesu ca…pe….

118.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, gāmesu nigamesu ca…pe….

119.

‘‘Dhammaṃ ¶ cara mahārāja, raṭṭhesu janapadesu ca…pe….

120.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu ca…pe….

121.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, migapakkhīsu khattiya…pe….

122.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, dhammo ciṇṇo sukhāvaho;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, rāja saggaṃ gamissasi.

123.

‘‘Dhammaṃ cara mahārāja, saindā devā sabrahmakā;

Suciṇṇena divaṃ pattā, mā dhammaṃ rāja pāmado’’ti.

Ummādantījātakaṃ dutiyaṃ.

528. Mahābodhijātakaṃ (3)

124.

‘‘Kiṃ ¶ nu daṇḍaṃ kimajinaṃ, kiṃ chattaṃ kimupāhanaṃ;

Kimaṅkusañca pattañca, saṅghāṭiñcāpi brāhmaṇa;

Taramānarūpohāsi [gaṇhāsi (sī. syā. pī.)], kiṃ nu patthayase disaṃ’’.

125.

‘‘Dvādasetāni ¶ vassāni, vusitāni tavantike;

Nābhijānāmi soṇena, piṅgalenābhikūjitaṃ.

126.

‘‘Svāyaṃ dittova nadati, sukkadāṭhaṃ vidaṃsayaṃ;

Tava sutvā sabhariyassa, vītasaddhassa maṃ pati’’.

127.

‘‘Ahu esa kato doso, yathā bhāsasi brāhmaṇa;

Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, vasa brāhmaṇa māgamā’’.

128.

‘‘Sabbaseto pure āsi, tatopi sabalo ahu;

Sabbalohitako dāni, kālo pakkamituṃ mama.

129.

‘‘Abbhantaraṃ pure āsi, tato majjhe tato bahi;

Purā niddhamanā hoti, sayameva vajāmahaṃ.

130.

‘‘Vītasaddhaṃ na seveyya, udapānaṃvanodakaṃ;

Sacepi naṃ anukhaṇe, vāri kaddamagandhikaṃ.

131.

‘‘Pasannameva seveyya, appasannaṃ vivajjaye;

Pasannaṃ payirupāseyya, rahadaṃ vudakatthiko.

132.

‘‘Bhaje ¶ bhajantaṃ purisaṃ, abhajantaṃ na bhajjaye [bhājaye (pī.)];

Asappurisadhammo so, yo bhajantaṃ na bhajjati [bhājati (pī.)].

133.

‘‘Yo ¶ bhajantaṃ na bhajati, sevamānaṃ na sevati;

Sa ve manussapāpiṭṭho, migo sākhassito yathā.

134.

‘‘Accābhikkhaṇasaṃsaggā, asamosaraṇena ca;

Etena mittā jīranti, akāle yācanāya ca.

135.

‘‘Tasmā nābhikkhaṇaṃ gacche, na ca gacche cirāciraṃ;

Kālena yācaṃ yāceyya, evaṃ mittā na jīyare [jīrare (syā. pī.)].

136.

‘‘Aticiraṃ nivāsena, piyo bhavati appiyo;

Āmanta kho taṃ gacchāma, purā te homa appiyā’’.

137.

‘‘Evaṃ ce yācamānānaṃ, añjaliṃ nāvabujjhasi;

Paricārakānaṃ sataṃ [paricārikānaṃ sattānaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], vacanaṃ na karosi no;

Evaṃ taṃ abhiyācāma, puna kayirāsi pariyāyaṃ’’.

138.

‘‘Evaṃ ce no viharataṃ, antarāyo na hessati;

Tuyhaṃ vāpi [tumhañcāpi (sī.), tuyhañcāpi (pī.)] mahārāja, mayhaṃ vā [amhaṃ vā (sī.), mayhañca (pī.)] raṭṭhavaddhana;

Appeva nāma passema, ahorattānamaccaye’’.

139.

‘‘Udīraṇā ¶ ce saṃgatyā, bhāvāya manuvattati;

Akāmā akaraṇīyaṃ vā, karaṇīyaṃ vāpi kubbati;

Ākāmākaraṇīyamhi, kvidha pāpena lippati [limpati (syā. ka.)].

140.

‘‘So ce attho ca dhammo ca, kalyāṇo na ca pāpako;

Bhoto ce vacanaṃ saccaṃ, suhato vānaro mayā.

141.

‘‘Attano ce hi vādassa, aparādhaṃ vijāniyā [vijāniya (sī. syā. pī.)];

Na ¶ maṃ tvaṃ garaheyyāsi, bhoto vādo hi tādiso’’.

142.

‘‘Issaro ¶ sabbalokassa, sace kappeti jīvitaṃ;

Iddhiṃ [iddhi (pī. ka.)] byasanabhāvañca, kammaṃ kalyāṇapāpakaṃ;

Niddesakārī puriso, issaro tena lippati.

143.

‘‘So ce attho ca dhammo ca, kalyāṇo na ca pāpako;

Bhoto ce vacanaṃ saccaṃ, suhato vānaro mayā.

144.

‘‘Attano ce hi vādassa, aparādhaṃ vijāniyā;

Na maṃ tvaṃ garaheyyāsi, bhoto vādo hi tādiso’’.

145.

‘‘Sace pubbekatahetu, sukhadukkhaṃ nigacchati;

Porāṇakaṃ kataṃ pāpaṃ, tameso muccate [muñcate (sī. syā.)] iṇaṃ;

Porāṇakaiṇamokkho, kvidha pāpena lippati.

146.

‘‘So ce attho ca dhammo ca, kalyāṇo na ca pāpako;

Bhoto ce vacanaṃ saccaṃ, suhato vānaro mayā.

147.

‘‘Attano ce hi vādassa, aparādhaṃ vijāniyā;

Na maṃ tvaṃ garaheyyāsi, bhoto vādo hi tādiso’’.

148.

‘‘Catunnaṃyevupādāya, rūpaṃ sambhoti pāṇinaṃ;

Yato ca rūpaṃ sambhoti, tatthevānupagacchati;

Idheva jīvati jīvo, pecca pecca vinassati.

149.

Ucchijjati ayaṃ loko, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā;

Ucchijjamāne lokasmiṃ, kvidha pāpena lippati.

150.

‘‘So ¶ ce attho ca dhammo ca, kalyāṇo na ca pāpako;

Bhoto ce vacanaṃ saccaṃ, suhato vānaro mayā.

151.

‘‘Attano ce hi vādassa, aparādhaṃ vijāniyā;

Na maṃ tvaṃ garaheyyāsi, bhoto vādo hi tādiso’’.

152.

‘‘Āhu ¶ khattavidā [khattavidhā (sī. syā. pī.)] loke, bālā paṇḍitamānino.

Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ haññe, atho jeṭṭhampi bhātaraṃ;

Haneyya putta [putte ca (pī.)] dāre ca, attho ce tādiso siyā.

153.

‘‘Yassa ¶ rukkhassa chāyāya, nisīdeyya sayeyya vā;

Na tassa sākhaṃ bhañjeyya, mittadubbho [mittadūbhī (pī.)] hi pāpako.

154.

‘‘Atha atthe samuppanne, samūlamapi abbahe [abbhahe (syā. ka.)];

Attho me sambalenāpi, suhato vānaro mayā.

155.

[ayaṃ gāthā sīhaḷapotthake natthi] ‘‘So ce attho ca dhammo ca, kalyāṇo na ca pāpako;

Bhoto ce vacanaṃ saccaṃ, suhato vānaro mayā [ayaṃ gāthā sīhaḷapotthake natthi].

156.

‘‘Attano ce hi vādassa, aparādhaṃ vijāniyā;

Na maṃ tvaṃ garaheyyāsi, bhoto vādo hi tādiso.

157.

‘‘Ahetuvādo puriso, yo ca issarakuttiko;

Pubbekatī ca ucchedī, yo ca khattavido naro.

158.

‘‘Ete asappurisā loke, bālā paṇḍitamānino;

Kareyya tādiso pāpaṃ, atho aññampi kāraye;

Asappurisasaṃsaggo ¶ , dukkhanto [dukkaṭo (sī.)] kaṭukudrayo.

159.

‘‘Urabbharūpena vakassu [bakāsu (sī. syā.), vakāsu (pī.)] pubbe, asaṃkito ajayūthaṃ upeti;

Hantvā uraṇiṃ ajikaṃ [ajiyaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] ajañca, utrāsayitvā [citrāsayitvā (sī. pī.)] yena kāmaṃ paleti.

160.

‘‘Tathāvidheke samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, chadanaṃ katvā vañcayanti manusse;

Anāsakā thaṇḍilaseyyakā ca, rajojallaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ;

Pariyāyabhattañca apānakattā, pāpācārā arahanto vadānā.

161.

‘‘Ete asappurisā loke, bālā paṇḍitamānino;

Kareyya tādiso pāpaṃ, atho aññampi kāraye;

Asappurisasaṃsaggo, dukkhanto kaṭukudrayo.

162.

‘‘Yamāhu ¶ natthi vīriyanti, ahetuñca pavadanti [hetuñca apavadanti (sī. syā. pī.)] ye;

Parakāraṃ attakārañca, ye tucchaṃ samavaṇṇayuṃ.

163.

‘‘Ete asappurisā loke, bālā paṇḍitamānino;

Kareyya tādiso pāpaṃ, atho aññampi kāraye;

Asappurisasaṃsaggo, dukkhanto kaṭukudrayo.

164.

‘‘Sace ¶ hi vīriyaṃ nāssa, kammaṃ kalyāṇapāpakaṃ;

Na ¶ bhare vaḍḍhakiṃ rājā, napi yantāni kāraye.

165.

‘‘Yasmā ca vīriyaṃ atthi, kammaṃ kalyāṇapāpakaṃ;

Tasmā yantāni kāreti, rājā bharati vaḍḍhakiṃ.

166.

‘‘Yadi vassasataṃ devo, na vasse na himaṃ pate;

Ucchijjeyya ayaṃ loko, vinasseyya ayaṃ pajā.

167.

‘‘Yasmā ca vassatī devo, himañcānuphusāyati;

Tasmā sassāni paccanti, raṭṭhañca pālite [pallate (sī. pī.), polayate (syā.)] ciraṃ.

168.

‘‘Gavaṃ ce taramānānaṃ, jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, nette jimhaṃ [jimha (pī.)] gate sati.

169.

‘‘Evameva [evamevaṃ (pī.)] manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So ce adhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti adhammiko.

170.

‘‘Gavaṃ ce taramānānaṃ, ujuṃ gacchati puṅgavo;

Sabbā gāvī ujuṃ yanti, nette ujuṃ [ujū (pī.)] gate sati.

171.

‘‘Evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato;

So sace [ceva (sī.), cepi (ka.)] dhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā;

Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti dhammiko.

172.

‘‘Mahārukkhassa phalino, āmaṃ chindati yo phalaṃ;

Rasañcassa na jānāti, bījañcassa vinassati.

173.

‘‘Mahārukkhūpamaṃ ¶ raṭṭhaṃ, adhammena pasāsati;

Rasañcassa na jānāti, raṭṭhañcassa vinassati.

174.

‘‘Mahārukkhassa ¶ phalino, pakkaṃ chindati yo phalaṃ;

Rasañcassa vijānāti, bījañcassa na nassati.

175.

‘‘Mahārukkhūpamaṃ raṭṭhaṃ, dhammena yo pasāsati;

Rasañcassa vijānāti, raṭṭhañcassa na nassati.

176.

‘‘Yo ca rājā janapadaṃ, adhammena pasāsati;

Sabbosadhīhi so rājā, viruddho hoti khattiyo.

177.

‘‘Tatheva negame hiṃsaṃ, ye yuttā kayavikkaye;

Ojadānabalīkāre, sa kosena virujjhati.

178.

‘‘Pahāravarakhettaññū ¶ , saṅgāme katanissame [kataniyame (ka.)];

Ussite hiṃsayaṃ rājā, sa balena virujjhati.

179.

‘‘Tatheva isayo hiṃsaṃ, saññate [saṃyame (syā. ka.)] brahmacāriyo [brahmacārino (sī.)];

Adhammacārī khattiyo, so saggena virujjhati.

180.

‘‘Yo ca rājā adhammaṭṭho, bhariyaṃ hanti adūsikaṃ;

Luddaṃ pasavate ṭhānaṃ [pāpaṃ (sī.)], puttehi ca virujjhati.

181.

‘‘Dhammaṃ care jānapade, negamesu [nigamesu (sī.)] balesu ca;

Isayo ca na hiṃseyya, puttadāre samaṃ care.

182.

‘‘Sa tādiso bhūmipati, raṭṭhapālo akodhano;

Sapatte ¶ [sāmante (sī. syā. pī.)] sampakampeti, indova asurādhipo’’ti.

Mahābodhijātakaṃ tatiyaṃ.

Paṇṇāsanipātaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Saniḷīnikamavhayano paṭhamo, dutiyo pana saummadantivaro;

Tatiyo pana bodhisirīvhayano, kathitā pana tīṇi jinena subhāti.

19. Saṭṭhinipāto

529. Soṇakajātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Tassa ¶ ¶ ¶ sutvā sataṃ dammi, sahassaṃ diṭṭha [daṭṭhu (sī. pī.)] soṇakaṃ;

Ko me soṇakamakkhāti, sahāyaṃ paṃsukīḷitaṃ’’.

2.

‘‘Athabravī māṇavako, daharo pañcacūḷako;

Mayhaṃ sutvā sataṃ dehi, sahassaṃ diṭṭha [daṭṭhu (sī. pī.)] soṇakaṃ;

Ahaṃ te soṇakakkhissaṃ [ahaṃ soṇakamakkhissaṃ (sī. pī.), ahaṃ te soṇakamakkhissaṃ (syā.)], sahāyaṃ paṃsukīḷitaṃ’’.

3.

‘‘Katamasmiṃ [katarasmiṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] so janapade, raṭṭhesu nigamesu ca;

Kattha soṇakamaddakkhi [kattha te soṇako diṭṭho (sī. pī.)], taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito’’.

4.

‘‘Taveva deva vijite, tavevuyyānabhūmiyā;

Ujuvaṃsā mahāsālā, nīlobhāsā manoramā.

5.

‘‘Tiṭṭhanti meghasamānā, rammā aññoññanissitā;

Tesaṃ mūlamhi [mūlasmiṃ (sī. pī.), mūlasmi (syā.)] soṇako, jhāyatī anupādano [anupādino (syā.), anupādāno (pī.)];

Upādānesu lokesu, ḍayhamānesu nibbuto.

6.

‘‘Tato ca rājā pāyāsi, senāya caturaṅgiyā;

Kārāpetvā samaṃ maggaṃ, agamā yena soṇako.

7.

‘‘Uyyānabhūmiṃ gantvāna, vicaranto brahāvane;

Āsīnaṃ ¶ soṇakaṃ dakkhi, ḍayhamānesu nibbutaṃ’’.

8.

‘‘Kapaṇo vatayaṃ bhikkhu, muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto;

Amātiko apitiko, rukkhamūlasmi jhāyati’’.

9.

‘‘Imaṃ vākyaṃ nisāmetvā, soṇako etadabravi;

‘Na rāja kapaṇo hoti, dhammaṃ kāyena phassayaṃ [phusayaṃ (ka.)].

10.

‘Yo ¶ ca [yodha (sī. syā.)] dhammaṃ niraṃkatvā [nirākatvā (?)], adhammamanuvattati;

Sa rāja kapaṇo hoti, pāpo pāpaparāyano’’’.

11.

‘‘‘Arindamoti ¶ me nāmaṃ, kāsirājāti maṃ vidū;

Kacci bhoto sukhasseyyā [sukhā seyyā (pī.), sukhaseyyo (ka.)], idha pattassa soṇaka’’’.

12.

‘‘Sadāpi bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Na tesaṃ koṭṭhe openti, na kumbhiṃ na khaḷopiyaṃ [na kumbhe na kaḷopiyā (syā. pī.)];

Paraniṭṭhitamesānā, tena yāpenti subbatā.

13.

‘‘Dutiyampi bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Anavajjapiṇḍo [anavajjo piṇḍā (pī.)] bhottabbo, na ca kocūparodhati.

14.

‘‘Tatiyampi bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Nibbuto piṇḍo bhottabbo, na ca kocūparodhati.

15.

‘‘Catutthampi [catutthaṃ (pī.)] bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Muttassa raṭṭhe carato, saṅgo yassa na vijjati.

16.

‘‘Pañcamampi [pañcamaṃ (pī.)] bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Nagaramhi ḍayhamānamhi, nāssa kiñci aḍayhatha.

17.

‘‘Chaṭṭhampi ¶ [chaṭṭhaṃ (pī.)] bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Raṭṭhe vilumpamānamhi [viluppamānamhi (ka.)], nāssa kiñci ahīratha [ahāratha (sī. syā.)].

18.

‘‘Sattamampi [sattamaṃ (pī.)] bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Corehi rakkhitaṃ maggaṃ, ye caññe paripanthikā;

Pattacīvaramādāya, sotthiṃ gacchati subbato.

19.

‘‘Aṭṭhamampi [aṭṭhamaṃ (pī.)] bhadramadhanassa, anāgārassa bhikkhuno;

Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ pakkamati, anapekkhova gacchati’’.

20.

‘‘Bahūpi bhadrā [bahūni samaṇabhadrāni (sī.), bahūpi bhadrakā ete (pī.)] etesaṃ, yo tvaṃ bhikkhu pasaṃsasi;

Ahañca giddho kāmesu, kathaṃ kāhāmi soṇaka.

21.

‘‘Piyā ¶ me mānusā kāmā, atho dibyāpi me piyā;

Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, ubho loke labhāmase’’.

22.

‘‘Kāme giddhā [kāmesu giddhā (sī. pī.)] kāmaratā, kāmesu adhimucchitā;

Narā pāpāni katvāna, upapajjanti duggatiṃ.

23.

‘‘Ye ca kāme pahantvāna [pahatvāna (sī. pī.)], nikkhantā akutobhayā;

Ekodibhāvādhigatā, na te gacchanti duggatiṃ.

24.

‘‘Upamaṃ te karissāmi, taṃ suṇohi arindama;

Upamāya midhekacce [pidhekacce (sī. pī.)], atthaṃ jānanti paṇḍitā.

25.

‘‘Gaṅgāya ¶ kuṇapaṃ disvā, vuyhamānaṃ mahaṇṇave;

Vāyaso samacintesi, appapañño acetaso.

26.

‘‘‘Yānañca ¶ vatidaṃ laddhaṃ, bhakkho cāyaṃ anappako’;

Tattha rattiṃ tattha divā, tattheva nirato mano.

27.

‘‘Khādaṃ nāgassa maṃsāni, pivaṃ bhāgīrathodakaṃ [bhāgirasodakaṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)];

Sampassaṃ vanacetyāni, na palettha [paletvā (ka.)] vihaṅgamo.

28.

‘‘Tañca [taṃva (pī.)] otaraṇī gaṅgā, pamattaṃ kuṇape rataṃ;

Samuddaṃ ajjhagāhāsi [ajjhagāhayi (pī.)], agatī yattha pakkhinaṃ.

29.

‘‘So ca bhakkhaparikkhīṇo, udapatvā [uppatitvā (sī. syā.), udāpatvā (pī.)] vihaṅgamo.

Na pacchato na purato, nuttaraṃ nopi dakkhiṇaṃ.

30.

‘‘Dīpaṃ so najjhagāgañchi [na ajjhagañchi (sī.), na ajjhagacchi (pī.)], agatī yattha pakkhinaṃ;

So ca tattheva pāpattha, yathā dubbalako tathā.

31.

‘‘Tañca sāmuddikā macchā, kumbhīlā makarā susū;

Pasayhakārā khādiṃsu, phandamānaṃ vipakkhakaṃ [vipakkhinaṃ (sī. pī.), vipakkhikaṃ (syā.)].

32.

‘‘Evameva ¶ tuvaṃ rāja, ye caññe kāmabhogino;

Giddhā ce na vamissanti, kākapaññāva [kākapaññāya (sī. syā. pī.)] te vidū.

33.

‘‘Esā te upamā rāja, atthasandassanī katā;

Tvañca paññāyase tena, yadi kāhasi vā na vā.

34.

‘‘Ekavācampi dvivācaṃ, bhaṇeyya anukampako;

Tatuttariṃ na bhāseyya, dāsovayyassa [dāso ayyassa (sī.), dāso ayirassa (pī.)] santike’’.

35.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna pakkāmi, soṇako amitabuddhimā [soṇako’mitabuddhimā (?)];

Vehāse antalikkhasmiṃ, anusāsitvāna khattiyaṃ’’.

36.

‘‘Ko ¶ nume rājakattāro, suddā veyyattamāgatā [sūtā veyyattimāgatā (sī. syā. pī.)];

Rajjaṃ niyyādayissāmi, nāhaṃ rajjena matthiko.

37.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ’’ [vasamannagā (pī.)].

38.

‘‘Atthi te daharo putto, dīghāvu raṭṭhavaḍḍhano;

Taṃ rajje abhisiñcassu, so no rājā bhavissati’’.

39.

‘‘Khippaṃ kumāramānetha, dīghāvuṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhanaṃ;

Taṃ rajje abhisiñcissaṃ, so vo rājā bhavissati’’.

40.

‘‘Tato ¶ kumāramānesuṃ, dīghāvuṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhanaṃ;

Taṃ disvā ālapī rājā, ekaputtaṃ manoramaṃ.

41.

‘‘Saṭṭhi gāmasahassāni, paripuṇṇāni sabbaso;

Te putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

42.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ [vasamannagā (pī.)].

43.

‘‘Saṭṭhi nāgasahassāni, sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā;

Suvaṇṇakacchā mātaṅgā, hemakappanavāsasā.

44.

‘‘Ārūḷhā ¶ gāmaṇīyehi, tomaraṅkusapāṇibhi;

Te putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

45.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ.

46.

‘‘Saṭṭhi ¶ assasahassāni, sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā;

Ājānīyāva jātiyā, sindhavā sīghavāhino.

47.

‘‘Ārūḷhā gāmaṇīyehi, illiyācāpadhāribhi [indiyācāpadhāribhi (ka.)];

Te putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

48.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ.

49.

‘‘Saṭṭhi rathasahassāni, sannaddhā ussitaddhajā;

Dīpā athopi veyyagghā, sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā.

50.

‘‘Ārūḷhā gāmaṇīyehi, cāpahatthehi vammibhi;

Te putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

51.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ.

52.

‘‘Saṭṭhi dhenusahassāni, rohaññā puṅgavūsabhā;

Tā putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

53.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ.

54.

‘‘Soḷasitthisahassāni ¶ , sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā;

Vicitravatthābharaṇā, āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā;

Tā putta paṭipajjassu, rajjaṃ niyyādayāmi te.

55.

‘‘Ajjeva pabbajissāmi, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Māhaṃ ¶ kākova dummedho, kāmānaṃ vasamanvagaṃ’’.

56.

‘‘Daharasseva ¶ me tāta, mātā matāti me sutaṃ;

Tayā vinā ahaṃ tāta, jīvitumpi na ussahe.

57.

‘‘Yathā āraññakaṃ nāgaṃ, poto anveti pacchato;

Jessantaṃ giriduggesu, samesu visamesu ca.

58.

‘‘Evaṃ taṃ anugacchāmi, puttamādāya [pattamādāya (pī.)] pacchato;

Subharo te bhavissāmi, na te hessāmi dubbharo’’.

59.

‘‘Yathā sāmuddikaṃ nāvaṃ, vāṇijānaṃ dhanesinaṃ;

Vohāro tattha gaṇheyya, vāṇijā byasanī [byasanaṃ (ka.)] siyā.

60.

‘‘Evamevāyaṃ puttakali [puttaka (syā.)], antarāyakaro mama [mamaṃ (pī.)];

Imaṃ kumāraṃ pāpetha, pāsādaṃ rativaḍḍhanaṃ.

61.

‘‘Tattha kambusahatthāyo, yathā sakkaṃva accharā;

Tā naṃ tattha ramessanti [ramissanti (syā. ka.)], tāhi ceso [meso (pī.)] ramissati.

62.

‘‘Tato kumāraṃ pāpesuṃ, pāsādaṃ rativaḍḍhanaṃ;

Taṃ disvā avacuṃ kaññā, dīghāvuṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhanaṃ.

63.

‘‘Devatā nusi gandhabbo, adu [ādu (sī. pī.)] sakko purindado;

Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayaṃ’’.

64.

‘‘Namhi devo na gandhabbo, nāpi [namhi (ka.)] sakko purindado;

Kāsirañño ahaṃ putto, dīghāvu raṭṭhavaḍḍhano;

Mamaṃ [mama (pī.)] bharatha bhaddaṃ vo [bhaddante (ka.)], ahaṃ bhattā bhavāmi vo’’.

65.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ tattha avacuṃ kaññā, dīghāvuṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhanaṃ;

‘Kuhiṃ rājā anuppatto, ito rājā kuhiṃ gato’’’.

66.

‘‘Paṅkaṃ rājā atikkanto, thale rājā patiṭṭhito;

Akaṇṭakaṃ agahanaṃ, paṭipanno mahāpathaṃ.

67.

‘‘Ahañca paṭipannosmi, maggaṃ duggatigāminaṃ;

Sakaṇṭakaṃ sagahanaṃ, yena gacchanti duggatiṃ’’.

68.

‘‘Tassa ¶ ¶ te svāgataṃ rāja, sīhasseva giribbajaṃ;

Anusāsa mahārāja, tvaṃ no sabbāsamissaro’’ti.

Soṇakajātakaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

530. Saṃkiccajātakaṃ (2)

69.

‘‘Disvā nisinnaṃ rājānaṃ, brahmadattaṃ rathesabhaṃ;

Athassa paṭivedesi, yassāsi anukampako.

70.

‘‘Saṃkiccāyaṃ anuppatto, isīnaṃ sādhusammato;

Taramānarūpo niyyāhi, khippaṃ passa mahesinaṃ.

71.

‘‘Tato ca rājā taramāno, yuttamāruyha sandanaṃ;

Mittāmaccaparibyūḷho [paribbūḷho (sī. pī.)], agamāsi rathesabho.

72.

‘‘Nikkhippa pañca kakudhāni, kāsīnaṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhano;

Vāḷabījani [vā ḷavījanī (sī. pī.)] muṇhīsaṃ, khaggaṃ chattañcupāhanaṃ;

73.

‘‘Oruyha rājā yānamhā, ṭhapayitvā paṭicchadaṃ;

Āsīnaṃ ¶ dāyapassasmiṃ, saṃkiccamupasaṅkami.

74.

‘‘Upasaṅkamitvā so rājā, sammodi isinā saha;

Taṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā, ekamantaṃ upāvisi.

75.

‘‘Ekamantaṃ nisinnova, atha kālaṃ amaññatha;

Tato pāpāni kammāni, pucchituṃ paṭipajjatha.

76.

‘‘Isiṃ pucchāma [pucchāmi (sī. pī.)] saṃkiccaṃ, isīnaṃ sādhusammataṃ;

Āsīnaṃ dāyapassasmiṃ, isisaṅghapurakkhataṃ [purakkhitaṃ (ka.)].

77.

‘‘Kaṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchanti, narā dhammāticārino;

Aticiṇṇo mayā dhammo, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito.

78.

‘‘Isī avaca saṃkicco, kāsīnaṃ raṭṭhavaḍḍhanaṃ;

Āsīnaṃ dāyapassasmiṃ, mahārāja suṇohi me.

79.

‘‘Uppathena ¶ vajantassa, yo maggamanusāsati;

Tassa ce vacanaṃ kayirā, nāssa maggeyya kaṇṭako.

80.

‘‘Adhammaṃ ¶ paṭipannassa, yo dhammamanusāsati;

Tassa ce vacanaṃ kayirā, na so gaccheyya duggatiṃ.

81.

‘‘Dhammo patho mahārāja, adhammo pana uppatho;

Adhammo nirayaṃ neti, dhammo pāpeti suggatiṃ.

82.

‘‘Adhammacārino rāja, narā visamajīvino;

Yaṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchanti, niraye te suṇohi me.

83.

‘‘Sañjīvo kāḷasutto ca, saṅghāto [saṅkhāṭo (syā. ka.)] dve ca roruvā;

Athāparo ¶ mahāvīci, tāpano [tapano (sī. pī.)] ca patāpano.

84.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha nirayā, akkhātā duratikkamā;

Ākiṇṇā luddakammehi, paccekā soḷasussadā.

85.

‘‘Kadariyatāpanā [kadariyatapanā (sī. pī.)] ghorā, accimanto [accimantā (pī.)] mahabbhayā;

Lomahaṃsanarūpā ca, bhesmā paṭibhayā dukhā.

86.

‘‘Catukkaṇṇā catudvārā, vibhattā bhāgaso mitā;

Ayopākārapariyantā, ayasā paṭikujjitā.

87.

‘‘Tesaṃ ayomayā bhūmi, jalitā tejasā yutā;

Samantā yojanasataṃ, phuṭā [pharitvā (a. ni. 3.36; pe. va. 71)] tiṭṭhanti sabbadā.

88.

‘‘Ete patanti niraye, uddhaṃpādā avaṃsirā;

Isīnaṃ ativattāro, saññatānaṃ tapassinaṃ.

89.

‘‘Te bhūnahuno paccanti, macchā bilakatā yathā;

Saṃvacchare asaṅkheyye, narā kibbisakārino.

90.

‘‘Ḍayhamānena gattena, niccaṃ santarabāhiraṃ;

Nirayā nādhigacchanti, dvāraṃ nikkhamanesino.

91.

‘‘Puratthimena ¶ dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti pacchato;

Uttarenapi dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti dakkhiṇaṃ;

Yaṃ yañhi dvāraṃ gacchanti, taṃ tadeva pidhīyare [pithiyyati (sī.), pithiyyare (syā.), pithīyare (pī.)].

92.

‘‘Bahūni vassasahassāni, janā nirayagāmino;

Bāhā paggayha kandanti, patvā dukkhaṃ anappakaṃ.

93.

‘‘Āsīvisaṃva ¶ kupitaṃ, tejassiṃ duratikkamaṃ;

Na sādhurūpe āsīde, saññatānaṃ tapassinaṃ.

94.

‘‘Atikāyo ¶ mahissāso, ajjuno kekakādhipo;

Sahassabāhu ucchinno, isimāsajja gotamaṃ.

95.

‘‘Arajaṃ rajasā vacchaṃ, kisaṃ avakiriya daṇḍakī;

Tālova mūlato [samūlo (ka.)] chinno, sa rājā vibhavaṅgato.

96.

‘‘Upahacca manaṃ majjho [mejjho (ka.)], mātaṅgasmiṃ yasassine;

Sapārisajjo ucchinno, majjhāraññaṃ tadā ahu.

97.

‘‘Kaṇhadīpāyanāsajja, isiṃ andhakaveṇḍayo [veṇhuyo (sī. pī.), piṇhayo (?)];

Aññoññaṃ [aññamaññaṃ (sī. pī.)] musalā [musale (sī. syā. pī.)] hantvā, sampattā yamasādhanaṃ [yamasādanaṃ (pī.)].

98.

‘‘Athāyaṃ isinā satto, antalikkhacaro pure;

Pāvekkhi pathaviṃ [paṭhaviṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] cecco, hīnatto pattapariyāyaṃ.

99.

‘‘Tasmā hi chandāgamanaṃ, nappasaṃsanti paṇḍitā;

Aduṭṭhacitto bhāseyya, giraṃ saccūpasaṃhitaṃ.

100.

‘‘Manasā ce paduṭṭhena, yo naro pekkhate muniṃ;

Vijjācaraṇasampannaṃ, gantā so nirayaṃ adho.

101.

‘‘Ye vuḍḍhe [vaddhe (ka.)] paribhāsanti, pharusūpakkamā janā;

Anapaccā adāyādā, tālavatthu [tālavatthū (syā.), tālāvatthu (pī.)] bhavanti te.

102.

‘‘Yo ¶ ca pabbajitaṃ hanti, katakiccaṃ mahesinaṃ;

Sa kāḷasutte niraye, cirarattāya paccati.

103.

‘‘Yo ¶ ca rājā adhammaṭṭho, raṭṭhaviddhaṃsano mago [cuto (sī.)];

Tāpayitvā janapadaṃ, tāpane pecca paccati.

104.

‘‘So ca vassasahassāni [vassasahassānaṃ (sī. syā.)], sataṃ dibbāni paccati;

Accisaṅghapareto so, dukkhaṃ vedeti vedanaṃ.

105.

‘‘Tassa aggisikhā kāyā, niccharanti pabhassarā;

Tejobhakkhassa gattāni, lomehi ca [lomaggehi ca (sī. syā. pī.)] nakhehi ca.

106.

‘‘Ḍayhamānena gattena, niccaṃ santarabāhiraṃ;

Dukkhābhitunno nadati, nāgo tuttaṭṭito [tuttaddito (sī.)] yathā.

107.

‘‘Yo lobhā pitaraṃ hanti, dosā vā purisādhamo;

Sa kāḷasutte niraye, cirarattāya paccati.

108.

‘‘Sa ¶ tādiso paccati lohakumbhiyaṃ, pakkañca sattīhi hananti nittacaṃ;

Andhaṃ karitvā muttakarīsabhakkhaṃ, khāre nimujjanti tathāvidhaṃ naraṃ.

109.

‘‘Tattaṃ pakkuthitamayoguḷañca [pakkudhitamayoguḷañca (ka.)], dīghe ca phāle cirarattatāpite;

Vikkhambhamādāya vibandha [vibaddha (sī.), vibhajja (syā. pī.)] rajjubhi, vivaṭe mukhe sampavisanti [saṃcavanti (sī. syā. pī.)] rakkhasā.

110.

‘‘Sāmā ca soṇā sabalā ca gijjhā, kākoḷasaṅghā ca dijā ayomukhā;

Saṅgamma ¶ khādanti vipphandamānaṃ, jivhaṃ vibhajja vighāsaṃ salohitaṃ.

111.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ daḍḍhatālaṃ paribhinnagattaṃ, nippothayantā anuvicaranti rakkhasā;

Ratī hi nesaṃ dukhino panītare, etādisasmiṃ niraye vasanti;

Ye keci loke idha pettighātino.

112.

‘‘Putto ca mātaraṃ hantvā, ito gantvā yamakkhayaṃ;

Bhusamāpajjate dukkhaṃ, attakammaphalūpago.

113.

‘‘Amanussā atibalā, hantāraṃ janayantiyā;

Ayomayehi vāḷehi [phālehi (pī.)], pīḷayanti punappunaṃ.

114.

‘‘Tamassavaṃ [taṃ passavaṃ (sī. syā.), taṃ passutaṃ (pī.)] sakā gattā, ruhiraṃ [rudhiraṃ (sī. syā.)] attasambhavaṃ;

Tambalohavilīnaṃva, tattaṃ pāyenti mattighaṃ [mattiyaṃ (sī.)].

115.

‘‘Jigucchaṃ kuṇapaṃ pūtiṃ, duggandhaṃ gūthakaddamaṃ;

Pubbalohitasaṅkāsaṃ, rahadamogayha [rahadoggayha (ka.)] tiṭṭhati.

116.

‘‘Tamenaṃ kimayo tattha, atikāyā ayomukhā;

Chaviṃ bhetvāna [chetvāna (sī. pī.)] khādanti, saṃgiddhā [pagiddhā (sī. syā. pī.)] maṃsalohite.

117.

‘‘So ca taṃ nirayaṃ patto, nimuggo sataporisaṃ;

Pūtikaṃ kuṇapaṃ vāti, samantā satayojanaṃ.

118.

‘‘Cakkhumāpi hi cakkhūhi, tena gandhena jīyati;

Etādisaṃ ¶ brahmadatta, mātugho labhate dukhaṃ.

119.

‘‘Khuradhāramanukkamma, tikkhaṃ durabhisambhavaṃ;

Patanti gabbhapātiyo [gabbhapātiniyo (sī. syā. pī.)], duggaṃ vetaraṇiṃ [vettaraṇiṃ (syā. ka.)] nadiṃ.

120.

‘‘Ayomayā simbaliyo, soḷasaṅgulakaṇṭakā;

Ubhato abhilambanti, duggaṃ vetaraṇiṃ [vettaraṇiṃ (syā. ka.)] nadiṃ.

121.

‘‘Te ¶ accimanto tiṭṭhanti, aggikkhandhāva ārakā;

Ādittā jātavedena, uddhaṃ yojanamuggatā.

122.

‘‘Ete ¶ vajanti [sajanti (sī. pī.), pajjanti (syā.)] niraye, tatte tikhiṇakaṇṭake;

Nāriyo ca aticārā [aticāriniyo (sī. syā. pī.)], narā ca paradāragū.

123.

‘‘Te patanti adhokkhandhā, vivattā vihatā puthū;

Sayanti vinividdhaṅgā, dīghaṃ jagganti sabbadā [saṃvariṃ (sī. pī.)].

124.

‘‘Tato ratyā vivasāne [vivasane (sī. syā. pī.)], mahatiṃ pabbatūpamaṃ;

Lohakumbhiṃ pavajjanti, tattaṃ aggisamūdakaṃ.

125.

‘‘Evaṃ divā ca ratto ca, dussīlā mohapārutā;

Anubhonti sakaṃ kammaṃ, pubbe dukkaṭamattano.

126.

‘‘Yā ca bhariyā dhanakkītā, sāmikaṃ atimaññati;

Sassuṃ vā sasuraṃ vāpi, jeṭṭhaṃ vāpi nanandaraṃ [nanandanaṃ (syā. ka.)].

127.

‘‘Tassā vaṅkena jivhaggaṃ, nibbahanti sabandhanaṃ;

Sa byāmamattaṃ kiminaṃ, jivhaṃ passati attani [attano (sī. syā.)];

Viññāpetuṃ ¶ na sakkoti, tāpane pecca paccati.

128.

‘‘Orabbhikā sūkarikā, macchikā migabandhakā;

Corā goghātakā luddā, avaṇṇe vaṇṇakārakā.

129.

‘‘Sattīhi lohakūṭehi, nettiṃsehi usūhi ca;

Haññamānā khāranadiṃ, papatanti [sampatanti (ka.)] avaṃsirā.

130.

‘‘Sāyaṃ pāto kūṭakārī, ayokūṭehi haññati;

Tato vantaṃ durattānaṃ, paresaṃ bhuñjare [bhuñjate (sī. syā. pī.)] sadā.

131.

‘‘Dhaṅkā bheraṇḍakā [bhedaṇḍakā (ka.)] gijjhā, kākoḷā ca ayomukhā;

Vipphandamānaṃ khādanti, naraṃ kibbisakārakaṃ [kibbisakārinaṃ (pī.)].

132.

‘‘Ye migena migaṃ hanti, pakkhiṃ vā pana pakkhinā;

Asanto rajasā channā, gantā [gatā (ka.)] te nirayussadaṃ [nirayaṃ adho (pī.)].

133.

‘‘Santo ¶ ca [santova (syā.)] uddhaṃ gacchanti, suciṇṇenidha kammunā;

Suciṇṇassa phalaṃ passa, saindā [sahindā (sī.)] devā sabrahmakā.

134.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ taṃ brūmi mahārāja, dhammaṃ raṭṭhapatī cara;

Tathā [tathā tathā (sī. syā. pī.)] rāja carāhi dhammaṃ, yathā taṃ suciṇṇaṃ nānutappeyya pacchā’’ti.

Saṃkiccajātakaṃ dutiyaṃ.

Saṭṭhinipātaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Atha saṭṭhinipātamhi, suṇātha mama bhāsitaṃ;

Jātakasavhayano ¶ pavaro, soṇakaarindamasavhayano;

Tathā vuttarathesabhakiccavaroti.

20. Sattatinipāto

531. Kusajātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Idaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ te raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sayoggaṃ, sakāyuraṃ sabbakāmūpapannaṃ;

Idaṃ te rajjaṃ [raṭṭhaṃ (ka.)] anusāsa amma, gacchāmahaṃ yattha piyā pabhāvatī’’.

2.

‘‘Anujjubhūtena haraṃ mahantaṃ, divā ca ratto ca nisīthakāle [nisīda kāle (ka.)];

Paṭigaccha tvaṃ khippaṃ kusāvatiṃ kusa [kusāvatiṃ (syā. ka.)], nicchāmi dubbaṇṇamahaṃ vasantaṃ’’.

3.

‘‘Nāhaṃ gamissāmi ito kusāvatiṃ, pabhāvatī vaṇṇapalobhito tava;

Ramāmi maddassa niketaramme, hitvāna raṭṭhaṃ tava dassane rato.

4.

‘‘Pabhāvatī vaṇṇapalobhito tava, sammūḷharūpo vicarāmi mediniṃ [medaniṃ (syā. ka.)];

Disaṃ na jānāmi kutomhi āgato, tayamhi matto migamandalocane.

5.

‘‘Suvaṇṇacīravasane, jātarūpasumekhale;

Sussoṇi ¶ tava kāmā hi [kāmehi (sī. syā. pī.)], nāhaṃ rajjena matthiko’’.

6.

‘‘Abbhūti [abbhū hi (sī.), abhūti (syā.), abbhu hi (pī.)] tassa bho hoti, yo anicchantamicchati;

Akāmaṃ rāja kāmesi [kāmehi (sī. pī.)], akantaṃ kantu [akanto kanta (sī. syā. pī.)] micchasi’’.

7.

‘‘Akāmaṃ vā sakāmaṃ vā, yo naro labhate piyaṃ;

Lābhamettha pasaṃsāma, alābho tattha pāpako’’.

8.

‘‘Pāsāṇasāraṃ ¶ khaṇasi, kaṇikārassa dārunā;

Vātaṃ jālena bādhesi, yo anicchantamicchasi’’.

9.

‘‘Pāsāṇo nūna te hadaye, ohito mudulakkhaṇe;

Yo te sātaṃ na vindāmi, tirojanapadāgato.

10.

‘‘Yadā maṃ bhakuṭiṃ [bhūkuṭiṃ (sī. pī.)] katvā, rājaputtī udikkhati [rājaputti udikkhasi (sī. pī.)];

Āḷāriko tadā homi, rañño maddassantepure [maddassa thīpure (sī. pī.) evamuparipi].

11.

‘‘Yadā umhayamānā maṃ, rājaputtī udikkhati [rājaputti udikkhasi (sī. pī.)];

Nāḷāriko tadā homi, rājā homi tadā kuso’’.

12.

‘‘Sace ¶ hi vacanaṃ saccaṃ, nemittānaṃ bhavissati;

Neva me tvaṃ patī assa, kāmaṃ chindantu sattadhā’’.

13.

‘‘Sace hi vacanaṃ saccaṃ, aññesaṃ yadi vā mamaṃ;

Neva tuyhaṃ patī atthi, añño sīhassarā kusā’’.

14.

‘‘Nekkhaṃ gīvaṃ te kāressaṃ, patvā khujje kusāvatiṃ;

Sace maṃ nāganāsūrū, olokeyya pabhāvatī.

15.

‘‘Nekkhaṃ ¶ gīvaṃ te kāressaṃ, patvā khujje kusāvatiṃ;

Sace maṃ nāganāsūrū, ālapeyya pabhāvatī.

16.

‘‘Nekkhaṃ gīvaṃ te kāressaṃ, patvā khujje kusāvatiṃ;

Sace maṃ nāganāsūrū, umhāyeyya pabhāvatī.

17.

‘‘Nekkhaṃ gīvaṃ te kāressaṃ, patvā khujje kusāvatiṃ;

Sace maṃ nāganāsūrū, pamhāyeyya pabhāvatī.

18.

‘‘Nekkhaṃ gīvaṃ te kāressaṃ, patvā khujje kusāvatiṃ;

Sace me nāganāsūrū, pāṇīhi upasamphuse’’.

19.

‘‘Na hi nūnāyaṃ rājaputtī, kuse sātampi vindati;

Āḷārike bhate pose, vetanena anatthike’’.

20.

‘‘Na hi nūnāyaṃ sā [nūna ayaṃ (sī. syā.)] khujjā, labhati jivhāya chedanaṃ;

Sunisitena satthena, evaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ’’.

21.

‘‘Mā ¶ naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mahāyasoti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

22.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mahaddhanoti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

23.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mahabbaloti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

24.

‘‘Mā ¶ naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mahāraṭṭhoti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

25.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mahārājāti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

26.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Sīhassaroti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

27.

‘‘Mā ¶ naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Vaggussaroti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

28.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Bindussaroti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

29.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Mañjussaroti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

30.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Madhussaroti [madhurassaroti (sī.)] katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

31.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Satasippoti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ.

32.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Khattiyotipi katvāna [karitvāna (sī.)], karassu rucire piyaṃ.

33.

‘‘Mā naṃ rūpena pāmesi, ārohena pabhāvati;

Kusarājāti katvāna, karassu rucire piyaṃ’’.

34.

‘‘Ete ¶ nāgā upatthaddhā, sabbe tiṭṭhanti vammitā [vammikā (syā.)];

Purā maddanti pākāraṃ, ānentetaṃ pabhāvatiṃ’’.

35.

‘‘Satta ¶ bile [khaṇḍe (sī. pī.)] karitvāna, ahametaṃ pabhāvatiṃ;

Khattiyānaṃ padassāmi, ye maṃ hantuṃ idhāgatā’’.

36.

‘‘Avuṭṭhahi rājaputtī, sāmā koseyyavāsinī;

Assupuṇṇehi nettehi, dāsīgaṇapurakkhatā’’.

37.

‘‘Taṃ nūna kakkūpanisevitaṃ mukhaṃ, ādāsadantātharupaccavekkhitaṃ;

Subhaṃ sunettaṃ virajaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ, chuddhaṃ vane ṭhassati khattiyehi.

38.

‘‘Te nūna me asite vellitagge, kese mudū candanasāralitte;

Samākule sīvathikāya majjhe, pādehi gijjhā parikaḍḍhissanti [parikaḍḍhayanti (sī. syā. pī.)].

39.

‘‘Tā nūna me tambanakhā sulomā, bāhā mudū candanasāralittā;

Chinnā vane ujjhitā khattiyehi, gayha dhaṅko [vako (pī.)] gacchati yena kāmaṃ.

40.

‘‘Te nūna tālūpanibhe alambe, nisevite kāsikacandanena;

Thanesu me lambissati [lambahīti (pī.)] siṅgālo [sigālo (sī. syā. pī.)], mātūva putto taruṇo tanūjo.

41.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ nūna soṇiṃ puthulaṃ sukoṭṭitaṃ, nisevitaṃ kañcanamekhalāhi;

Chinnaṃ vane khattiyehī avatthaṃ, siṅgālasaṅghā parikaḍḍhissanti [gayhā vako gacchati yenakāmaṃ (pī.)].

42.

‘‘Soṇā ¶ ¶ dhaṅkā [vakā (pī.)] siṅgālā ca, ye caññe santi dāṭhino;

Ajarā nūna hessanti, bhakkhayitvā pabhāvatiṃ.

43.

‘‘Sace maṃsāni hariṃsu, khattiyā dūragāmino;

Aṭṭhīni amma yācitvā, anupathe dahātha naṃ.

44.

‘‘Khettāni amma kāretvā, kaṇikārettha ropaya [ropaye (ka.)];

Yadā te pupphitā assu, hemantānaṃ himaccaye;

Sareyyātha mamaṃ [mama (pī.)] amma, evaṃvaṇṇā pabhāvatī’’.

45.

‘‘Tassā mātā udaṭṭhāsi, khattiyā devavaṇṇinī;

Disvā asiñca sūnañca, rañño maddassantepure’’.

46.

‘‘Iminā nūna asinā, susaññaṃ tanumajjhimaṃ;

Dhītaraṃ madda [mama (sī.), maddo (pī.)] hantvāna, khattiyānaṃ padassasi’’ [padassati (pī. ka.)].

47.

‘‘Na me akāsi vacanaṃ, atthakāmāya puttike;

Sājja lohitasañchannā, gacchasi [gañchisi (sī. pī.)] yamasādhanaṃ.

48.

‘‘Evamāpajjatī poso, pāpiyañca nigacchati;

Yo ve hitānaṃ vacanaṃ, na karoti [na karaṃ (sī.)] atthadassinaṃ.

49.

‘‘Sace ca ajja [tvaṃ amma (sī.)] dhāresi [vāresi (pī.)], kumāraṃ cārudassanaṃ;

Kusena ¶ jātaṃ khattiyaṃ, suvaṇṇamaṇimekhalaṃ;

Pūjitaṃ [pūjitā (pī.)] ñātisaṅghehi, na gacchasi [gañchisi (sī. pī.)] yamakkhayaṃ.

50.

‘‘Yatthassu bherī nadati, kuñjaro ca nikūjati [nikuñjati (pī.)];

Khattiyānaṃ kule bhadde, kiṃ nu sukhataraṃ tato.

51.

‘‘Asso ca sisati [asso hasisati (sī.), asso hasiyati (syā.), asso ca siṃsati (pī.)] dvāre, kumāro uparodati;

Khattiyānaṃ kule bhadde, kiṃ nu sukhataraṃ tato.

52.

‘‘Mayūrakoñcābhirude, kokilābhinikūjite;

Khattiyānaṃ kule bhadde, kiṃ nu sukhataraṃ tato’’.

53.

‘‘Kahaṃ ¶ nu so sattumaddano, pararaṭṭhappamaddano;

Kuso soḷārapaññāṇo, yo no dukkhā pamocaye’’.

54.

‘‘Idheva so sattumaddano, pararaṭṭhappamaddano;

Kuso soḷārapaññāṇo, yo te sabbe vadhissati’’ [yo no dukkhā pamocaye (sī.), so no sabbe vadhissati (pī.)].

55.

‘‘Ummattikā nu bhaṇasi, andhabālā pabhāsasi [ādu bālāva bhāsasi (sī. pī.)];

Kuso ce āgato assa, kiṃ na [kinnu (syā. ka.)] jānemu taṃ mayaṃ’’.

56.

‘‘Eso ¶ āḷāriko poso, kumārīpuramantare;

Daḷhaṃ katvāna saṃvelliṃ, kumbhiṃ dhovati oṇato’’.

57.

‘‘Veṇī tvamasi caṇḍālī, adūsi kulagandhinī;

Kathaṃ maddakule jātā, dāsaṃ kayirāsi kāmukaṃ’’.

58.

‘‘Namhi veṇī na caṇḍālī, na camhi kulagandhinī;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi’’.

59.

‘‘Yo ¶ brāhmaṇasahassāni, sadā bhojeti vīsatiṃ;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi’’.

60.

‘‘Yassa nāgasahassāni, sadā yojenti vīsatiṃ;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi.

61.

‘‘Yassa assasahassāni, sadā yojenti vīsatiṃ;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi.

62.

‘‘Yassa rathasahassāni, sadā yojenti vīsatiṃ;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi.

[( ) ayaṃ gāthā sī. pī. potthakesuyeva dissati] (‘‘Yassa usabhasahassāni, sadā yojenti vīsatiṃ;

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi) [( ) ayaṃ gāthā sī. pī. potthakesuyeva dissati].

63.

‘‘Yassa dhenusahassāni, sadā duhanti vīsatiṃ [duyhanti vīsati (sī. pī.)];

Okkākaputto bhaddante, tvaṃ nu dāsoti maññasi’’.

64.

‘‘Taggha ¶ te dukkaṭaṃ bāle, yaṃ khattiyaṃ mahabbalaṃ;

Nāgaṃ maṇḍūkavaṇṇena, na naṃ [na taṃ (sī. pī.)] akkhāsidhāgataṃ’’ [akkhāsi āgataṃ (sī.)].

65.

‘‘Aparādhaṃ mahārāja, tvaṃ no khama rathesabha;

Yaṃ taṃ aññātavesena, nāññāsimhā idhāgataṃ’’.

66.

‘‘Mādisassa na taṃ channaṃ, yohaṃ āḷāriko bhave;

Tvaññeva me pasīdassu, natthi te deva dukkaṭaṃ’’.

67.

‘‘Gaccha bāle khamāpehi, kusarājaṃ mahabbalaṃ;

Khamāpito kuso rājā [kusarājā (sabbattha)], so te dassati jīvitaṃ’’.

68.

‘‘Pitussa vacanaṃ sutvā, devavaṇṇī pabhāvatī;

Sirasā aggahī pāde, kusarājaṃ mahabbalaṃ’’.

69.

‘‘Yāmā ¶ ratyo atikkantā, tāmā deva tayā vinā;

Vande te sirasā pāde, mā me kujjhaṃ rathesabha.

70.

‘‘Sabbaṃ ¶ [saccaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] te paṭijānāmi, mahārāja suṇohi me;

Na cāpi appiyaṃ tuyhaṃ, kareyyāmi ahaṃ puna.

71.

‘‘Evaṃ ce yācamānāya, vacanaṃ me na kāhasi;

Idāni maṃ tāto hantvā, khattiyānaṃ padassati’’.

72.

‘‘Evaṃ te yācamānāya, kiṃ na kāhāmi te vaco;

Vikuddho tyasmi kalyāṇi, mā tvaṃ bhāyi pabhāvati.

73.

‘‘Sabbaṃ te paṭijānāmi, rājaputti suṇohi me;

Na cāpi appiyaṃ tuyhaṃ, kareyyāmi ahaṃ puna.

74.

‘‘Tava kāmā hi sussoṇi, pahu [bahu (syā.), bahū (pī.), bahuṃ (ka.)] dukkhaṃ titikkhisaṃ [titikkhissaṃ (sī. pī.)];

Bahuṃ maddakulaṃ hantvā, nayituṃ taṃ pabhāvati’’.

75.

‘‘Yojayantu rathe asse, nānācitte samāhite;

Atha dakkhatha me vegaṃ, vidhamantassa [vidhamentassa (sabbattha)] sattavo’’.

76.

‘‘Tañca tattha udikkhiṃsu, rañño maddassantepure;

Vijambhamānaṃ sīhaṃva, phoṭentaṃ diguṇaṃ bhujaṃ.

77.

‘‘Hatthikkhandhañca ¶ āruyha, āropetvā pabhāvatiṃ;

Saṅgāmaṃ otaritvāna, sīhanādaṃ nadī kuso.

78.

‘‘Tassa taṃ nadato sutvā, sīhassevitare migā;

Khattiyā ¶ vipalāyiṃsu, kusasaddabhayaṭṭitā [kusasaddabhayaṭṭhitā (pī.)].

79.

‘‘Hatthārohā anīkaṭṭhā, rathikā pattikārakā;

Aññamaññassa chindanti, kusasaddabhayaṭṭitā.

80.

‘‘Tasmiṃ saṅgāmasīsasmiṃ, passitvā haṭṭha [tuṭṭha (sī.)] mānaso;

Kusassa rañño devindo, adā verocanaṃ maṇiṃ.

81.

‘‘So taṃ vijitvā saṅgāmaṃ, laddhā verocanaṃ maṇiṃ;

Hatthikkhandhagato rājā, pāvekkhi nagaraṃ puraṃ.

82.

‘‘Jīvaggāhaṃ [jīvagāhaṃ (sī. pī.)] gahetvāna, bandhitvā satta khattiye;

Sasurassupanāmesi, ime te deva sattavo.

83.

‘‘Sabbeva te vasaṃ gatā, amittā vihatā tava;

Kāmaṃ karohi te tayā, muñca vā te hanassu vā’’.

84.

‘‘Tuyheva sattavo ete, na hi te mayha sattavo;

Tvaññeva no mahārāja, muñca vā te hanassu vā’’.

85.

‘‘Imā ¶ te dhītaro satta, devakaññūpamā subhā;

Dadāhi nesaṃ ekekaṃ, hontu jāmātaro tava’’.

86.

‘‘Amhākañceva tāsañca, tvaṃ no sabbesamissaro;

Tvaññeva no mahārāja, dehi nesaṃ yadicchasi’’.

87.

‘‘Ekamekassa ekekaṃ, adā sīhassaro kuso;

Khattiyānaṃ tadā tesaṃ, rañño maddassa dhītaro.

88.

‘‘Pīṇitā tena lābhena, tuṭṭhā sīhassare kuse;

Sakaraṭṭhāni ¶ pāyiṃsu, khattiyā satta tāvade.

89.

‘‘Pabhāvatiñca ādāya, maṇiṃ verocanaṃ subhaṃ [tadā (pī.)];

Kusāvatiṃ kuso rājā, agamāsi mahabbalo.

90.

‘‘Tyassu ¶ ekarathe yantā, pavisantā kusāvatiṃ;

Samānā vaṇṇarūpena, nāññamaññātirocisuṃ [nāññamaññamatirocayuṃ (sī.)].

91.

‘‘Mātā puttena saṅgacchi [saṅgañchi (sī. syā. pī.)], ubhayo ca jayampatī;

Samaggā te tadā āsuṃ, phītaṃ dharaṇimāvasu’’nti.

Kusajātakaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

532. Soṇanandajātakaṃ (2)

92.

‘‘Devatā nusi gandhabbo, adu [ādu (sī. syā.)] sakko purindado;

Manussabhūto iddhimā, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayaṃ’’.

93.

‘‘Nāpi devo na gandhabbo, nāpi sakko purindado;

Manussabhūto iddhimā, evaṃ jānāhi bhāradha’’ [bhārabha (ka.)].

94.

‘‘Katarūpamidaṃ bhoto [bhoto (sī. pī.)], veyyāvaccaṃ anappakaṃ;

Devamhi vassamānamhi, anovassaṃ bhavaṃ akā.

95.

‘‘Tato vātātape ghore, sītacchāyaṃ bhavaṃ akā;

Tato amittamajjhesu [amittamajjhe ca (sī.)], saratāṇaṃ bhavaṃ akā.

96.

‘‘Tato phītāni raṭṭhāni, vasino te bhavaṃ akā;

Tato ekasataṃ khatye, anuyante [anuyutte (pī.)] bhavaṃ akā.

97.

‘‘Patītāssu ¶ ¶ mayaṃ bhoto, vada taṃ [vara taṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] bhañja [bhañña (sī. pī.), bhuñja (syā. ka.)] micchasi;

Hatthiyānaṃ assarathaṃ, nāriyo ca alaṅkatā;

Nivesanāni rammāni, mayaṃ bhoto dadāmase.

98.

‘‘Atha vaṅge [atha vā saṅge (sī. pī.)] vā magadhe, mayaṃ bhoto dadāmase;

Atha vā assakāvantī [assakāvantiṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], sumanā damma te mayaṃ.

99.

‘‘Upaḍḍhaṃ vāpi rajjassa, mayaṃ bhoto dadāmase;

Sace te attho rajjena, anusāsa yadicchasi’’.

100.

‘‘Na ¶ me atthopi rajjena, nagarena dhanena vā;

Athopi janapadena, attho mayhaṃ na vijjati.

101.

‘‘Bhotova raṭṭhe vijite, araññe atthi assamo;

Pitā mayhaṃ janettī ca, ubho sammanti assame.

102.

‘‘Tesāhaṃ [tesvahaṃ (ka.)] pubbācariyesu, puññaṃ na labhāmi kātave;

Bhavantaṃ ajjhāvaraṃ katvā, soṇaṃ [sonaṃ (pī.)] yācemu saṃvaraṃ’’.

103.

‘‘Karomi te taṃ vacanaṃ, yaṃ maṃ bhaṇasi brāhmaṇa;

Etañca kho no akkhāhi, kīvanto hontu yācakā’’.

104.

‘‘Parosataṃ jānapadā, mahāsālā ca brāhmaṇā;

Ime ca khattiyā sabbe, abhijātā yasassino;

Bhavañca rājā manojo, alaṃ hessanti yācakā’’.

105.

‘‘Hatthī asse ca yojentu, rathaṃ sannayha sārathi [naṃ rathi (pī.)];

Ābandhanāni gaṇhātha, pādāsussārayaddhaje [pādesussārayaṃ dhaje (sī.), pādāsussārayaṃ dhaje (pī.)];

Assamaṃ ¶ taṃ gamissāmi, yattha sammati kosiyo’’.

106.

‘‘Tato ca rājā pāyāsi, senāya caturaṅginī;

Agamā assamaṃ rammaṃ, yattha sammati kosiyo’’.

107.

‘‘Kassa kādambayo [kassa kādambamayo (ka.)] kājo, vehāsaṃ caturaṅgulaṃ;

Aṃsaṃ asamphusaṃ eti, udahārāya [udahārassa (sī. syā. pī.)] gacchato’’.

108.

‘‘Ahaṃ soṇo mahārāja, tāpaso sahitabbato [sahitaṃ vato (pī.)];

Bharāmi mātāpitaro, rattindivamatandito.

109.

‘‘Vane phalañca mūlañca, āharitvā disampati;

Posemi mātāpitaro, pubbe katamanussaraṃ’’.

110.

‘‘Icchāma ¶ assamaṃ gantuṃ, yattha sammati kosiyo;

Maggaṃ no soṇa akkhāhi, yena gacchemu [gacchāma (sī.)] assamaṃ’’.

111.

‘‘Ayaṃ ¶ ekapadī rāja, yenetaṃ [yena taṃ (ka.)] meghasannibhaṃ;

Koviḷārehi sañchannaṃ, ettha sammati kosiyo’’.

112.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna pakkāmi, taramāno mahāisi;

Vehāse antalikkhasmiṃ, anusāsitvāna khattiye.

113.

‘‘Assamaṃ parimajjitvā, paññapetvāna [paññapetvāna (sī. syā.)] āsanaṃ;

Paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā, pitaraṃ paṭibodhayi.

114.

‘‘Ime āyanti rājāno, abhijātā yasassino;

Assamā nikkhamitvāna, nisīda tvaṃ [nisīdāhi (sī.)] mahāise.

115.

‘‘Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, taramāno mahāisi;

Assamā ¶ nikkhamitvāna, sadvāramhi upāvisi’’.

116.

‘‘Tañca disvāna āyantaṃ, jalantaṃriva tejasā;

Khatyasaṅghaparibyūḷhaṃ, kosiyo etadabravi.

117.

‘‘Kassa bherī mudiṅgā ca [mutiṅgā ca (pī.)], saṅkhā paṇavadindimā [deṇḍimā (sī. pī.)];

Purato paṭipannāni, hāsayantā rathesabhaṃ.

118.

‘‘Kassa kañcanapaṭṭena, puthunā vijjuvaṇṇinā;

Yuvā kalāpasannaddho, ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

119.

‘‘Ukkāmukhapahaṭṭhaṃva, khadiraṅgārasannibhaṃ;

Mukhañca rucirā bhāti, ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

120.

‘‘Kassa paggahitaṃ chattaṃ, sasalākaṃ manoramaṃ;

Ādiccaraṃsāvaraṇaṃ, ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

121.

‘‘Kassa aṅgaṃ pariggayha, vāḷabījanimuttamaṃ;

Caranti varapuññassa [varapaññassa (sī. pī.)], hatthikkhandhena āyato.

122.

‘‘Kassa setāni chattāni, ājānīyā ca vammitā;

Samantā parikirenti [parikiranti (sī. syā. pī.)], ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

123.

‘‘Kassa ¶ ekasataṃ khatyā, anuyantā [anuyuttā (pī.)] yasassino;

Samantānupariyanti, ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

124.

‘‘Hatthi assaratha patti [hatthī assā rathā pattī (sī.)], senā ca caturaṅginī;

Samantānupariyanti [samantā anupariyāti (pī.)], ko eti siriyā jalaṃ.

125.

‘‘Kassesā ¶ mahatī senā, piṭṭhito anuvattati;

Akkhobhaṇī ¶ [akkhābhanī (sī.), akkhobhinī (syā.)] apariyantā, sāgarasseva ūmiyo’’.

126.

‘‘Rājābhirājā [rājādhirājā (ka.)] manojo, indova jayataṃ pati;

Nandassajjhāvaraṃ eti, assamaṃ brahmacārinaṃ.

127.

‘‘Tassesā mahatī senā, piṭṭhito anuvattati;

Akkhobhaṇī apariyantā, sāgarasseva ūmiyo’’.

128.

‘‘Anulittā candanena, kāsikuttamadhārino [kāsikavatthadhārino (pī.)];

Sabbe pañjalikā hutvā, isīnaṃ ajjhupāgamuṃ’’.

129.

‘‘Kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmayaṃ;

Kacci uñchena yāpetha, kacci mūlaphalā bahū.

130.

‘‘Kacci ḍaṃsā makasā ca, appameva sarīsapā [siriṃsapā (sī. syā. pī.)];

Vane vāḷamigākiṇṇe, kacci hiṃsā na vijjati’’.

131.

‘‘Kusalañceva no rāja, atho rāja anāmayaṃ;

Atho uñchena yāpema, atho mūlaphalā bahū.

132.

‘‘Atho ḍaṃsā makasā ca [ḍaṃsā ca makasā (sī.), ḍaṃsā ca makasā ca (pī.)], appameva sarīsapā [siriṃsapā (sī. syā. pī.)];

Vane vāḷamigākiṇṇe, hiṃsā mayhaṃ [a mhaṃ (sī. pī.)] na vijjati.

133.

‘‘Bahūni vassapūgāni, assame sammataṃ [vasato (sī.)] idha;

Nābhijānāmi uppannaṃ, ābādhaṃ amanoramaṃ.

134.

‘‘Svāgataṃ te mahārāja, atho te adurāgataṃ;

Issarosi anuppatto, yaṃ idhatthi pavedaya.

135.

‘‘Tindukāni ¶ piyālāni, madhuke kāsumāriyo [kāsamāriyo (sī. syā.)];

Phalāni ¶ khuddakappāni, bhuñja rāja varaṃ varaṃ.

136.

‘‘Idampi pānīyaṃ sītaṃ, ābhataṃ girigabbharā;

Tato piva mahārāja, sace tvaṃ abhikaṅkhasi’’.

137.

‘‘Paṭiggahitaṃ yaṃ dinnaṃ, sabbassa agghiyaṃ kataṃ;

Nandassāpi nisāmetha, vacanaṃ so [yaṃ (sī.), yaṃ so (pī.)] pavakkhati.

138.

‘‘Ajjhāvaramhā nandassa, bhoto santikamāgatā;

Suṇātu [suṇātu me (sī. syā.)] bhavaṃ vacanaṃ, nandassa parisāya ca’’.

139.

‘‘Parosataṃ ¶ jānapadā [janapadā (pī.)], mahāsālā ca brāhmaṇā;

Ime ca khattiyā sabbe, abhijātā yasassino;

Bhavañca rājā manojo, anumaññantu me vaco.

140.

‘‘Ye ca santi [ye vasanti (sī.), ye hi santi (pī.)] samītāro, yakkhāni idha massame;

Araññe bhūtabhabyāni, suṇantu vacanaṃ mama.

141.

‘‘Namo katvāna bhūtānaṃ, isiṃ vakkhāmi subbataṃ;

So tyāhaṃ dakkhiṇā bāhu, tava kosiya sammato.

142.

‘‘Pitaraṃ me janettiñca, bhattukāmassa me sato;

Vīra puññamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ, mā maṃ kosiya vāraya.

143.

‘‘Sabbhi hetaṃ upaññātaṃ, mametaṃ upanissaja;

Uṭṭhānapāricariyāya, dīgharattaṃ tayā kataṃ;

Mātāpitūsu puññāni, mama lokadado bhava.

144.

‘‘Tatheva santi manujā, dhamme dhammapadaṃ vidū;

Maggo ¶ saggassa lokassa, yathā jānāsi tvaṃ ise.

145.

‘‘Uṭṭhānapāricariyāya, mātāpitusukhāvahaṃ;

Taṃ maṃ puññā nivāreti, ariyamaggāvaro naro’’.

146.

‘‘Suṇantu ¶ bhonto vacanaṃ, bhāturajjhāvarā mama;

Kulavaṃsaṃ mahārāja, porāṇaṃ parihāpayaṃ;

Adhammacārī jeṭṭhesu [yo jeṭṭho (sī.)], nirayaṃ sopapajjati [so upapajjati (sī. syā. pī.)].

147.

‘‘Ye ca dhammassa kusalā, porāṇassa disampati;

Cārittena ca sampannā, na te gacchanti duggatiṃ.

148.

‘‘Mātāpitā ca bhātā ca, bhaginī ñātibandhavā;

Sabbe jeṭṭhassa te bhārā, evaṃ jānāhi bhāradha [bhāratha (syā.)].

149.

‘‘Ādiyitvā garuṃ bhāraṃ, nāviko viya ussahe;

Dhammañca nappamajjāmi, jeṭṭho casmi rathesabha’’.

150.

‘‘Adhigamā [adhigatamhā (sī.), adhigamhā (syā.), adhigatamha (pī.)] tame ñāṇaṃ, jālaṃva jātavedato;

Evameva no bhavaṃ dhammaṃ, kosiyo pavidaṃsayi.

151.

‘‘Yathā udayamādicco, vāsudevo pabhaṅkaro;

Pāṇīnaṃ pavidaṃseti, rūpaṃ kalyāṇapāpakaṃ;

Evameva no bhavaṃ dhammaṃ, kosiyo pavidaṃsayi’’.

152.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ me yācamānassa, añjaliṃ nāvabujjhatha;

Tava paddhacaro [tava paṭṭhacaro (syā.), tava baddhañcaro (pī.), tavupaṭṭhacaro (ka.)] hessaṃ, vuṭṭhito paricārako’’.

153.

‘‘Addhā nanda vijānāsi [pajānāsi (sī.)], saddhammaṃ sabbhi desitaṃ;

Ariyo ¶ ariyasamācāro, bāḷhaṃ tvaṃ mama ruccasi.

154.

‘‘Bhavantaṃ vadāmi bhotiñca, suṇātha vacanaṃ mama;

Nāyaṃ bhāro bhāramato [bhāramatto (sī. syā.)], ahu mayhaṃ kudācanaṃ.

155.

‘‘Taṃ maṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ santaṃ, mātāpitusukhāvahaṃ;

Nando ajjhāvaraṃ katvā, upaṭṭhānāya yācati.

156.

‘‘Yo ve icchati kāmena, santānaṃ brahmacārinaṃ;

Nandaṃ vo varatha eko [nandaṃ vadatha eke (pī.)], kaṃ nando upatiṭṭhatu’’.

157.

‘‘Tayā ¶ tāta anuññātā, soṇa taṃ nissitā mayaṃ;

Upaghātuṃ [upaghāyituṃ (sī.)] labhe nandaṃ, muddhani brahmacārinaṃ’’.

158.

‘‘Assatthasseva taruṇaṃ, pavāḷaṃ māluteritaṃ;

Cirassaṃ nandaṃ disvāna, hadayaṃ me pavedhati.

159.

‘‘Yadā suttāpi supine [suppante (syā. pī.)], nandaṃ passāmi āgataṃ;

Udaggā sumanā homi, nando no āgato ayaṃ.

160.

‘‘Yadā ca paṭibujjhitvā, nandaṃ passāmi nāgataṃ;

Bhiyyo āvisatī soko, domanassañcanappakaṃ.

161.

‘‘Sāhaṃ ajja cirassampi, nandaṃ passāmi āgataṃ;

Bhattucca [bhattuñca (ka.)] mayhañca piyo, nando no pāvisī gharaṃ.

162.

‘‘Pitupi nando suppiyo, yaṃ nando nappavase [pāvisī (pī.)] gharā [gharaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)];

Labhatū tāta nando taṃ, maṃ nando upatiṭṭhatu’’.

163.

‘‘Anukampikā ¶ patiṭṭhā ca, pubbe rasadadī ca no;

Maggo saggassa lokassa, mātā taṃ varate ise.

164.

‘‘Pubbe rasadadī gottī, mātā puññūpasaṃhitā;

Maggo saggassa lokassa, mātā taṃ varate ise’’.

165.

‘‘Ākaṅkhamānā puttaphalaṃ, devatāya namassati;

Nakkhattāni ca pucchati, utusaṃvaccharāni ca.

166.

‘‘Tassā utumhi nhātāya [utusinātāya (pī.)], hoti gabbhassa vokkamo [gabbhassa’vakkamo (sī. syā. pī.)];

Tena dohaḷinī hoti, suhadā tena vuccati.

167.

‘‘Saṃvaccharaṃ ¶ vā ūnaṃ vā, pariharitvā vijāyati;

Tena sā janayantīti, janetti [janettī (sī. syā. pī.)] tena vuccati.

168.

‘‘Thanakhīrena [thanakkhīrena (sī.)] gītena, aṅgapāvuraṇena [aṅgapāpuraṇena (pī.)] ca;

Rodantaṃ puttaṃ [eva (pī.)] toseti, tosentī tena vuccati.

169.

‘‘Tato ¶ vātātape ghore, mamaṃ katvā udikkhati;

Dārakaṃ appajānantaṃ, posentī tena vuccati.

170.

‘‘Yañca mātudhanaṃ hoti, yañca hoti pituddhanaṃ;

Ubhayampetassa gopeti, api puttassa no siyā.

171.

‘‘Evaṃ putta aduṃ putta, iti mātā vihaññati;

Pamattaṃ paradāresu, nisīthe pattayobbane;

Sāyaṃ puttaṃ anāyantaṃ, iti mātā vihaññati.

172.

‘‘Evaṃ kicchā bhato poso, mātu aparicārako;

Mātari micchā caritvāna, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

173.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ kicchā bhato poso, pitu aparicārako;

Pitari micchā caritvāna, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

174.

‘‘Dhanāpi dhanakāmānaṃ, nassati iti me sutaṃ;

Mātaraṃ aparicaritvāna, kicchaṃ vā so nigacchati.

175.

‘‘Dhanāpi dhanakāmānaṃ, nassati iti me sutaṃ;

Pitaraṃ aparicaritvāna, kicchaṃ vā so nigacchati.

176.

‘‘Ānando ca pamodo ca, sadā hasitakīḷitaṃ;

Mātaraṃ paricaritvāna, labbhametaṃ vijānato.

177.

‘‘Ānando ca pamodo ca, sadā hasitakīḷitaṃ;

Pitaraṃ paricaritvāna, labbhametaṃ vijānato.

178.

‘‘Dānañca peyyavajjañca [piyavācā ca (sī. syā. ka.)], atthacariyā ca yā idha;

Samānattatā [samānattā (pī.)] ca dhammesu, tattha tattha yathārahaṃ;

Ete kho saṅgahā loke, rathassāṇīva yāyato.

179.

Ete ca saṅgahā nāssu, na mātā puttakāraṇā;

Labhetha mānaṃ pūjaṃ vā [pūjañca (pī.)], pitā vā puttakāraṇā.

180.

‘‘Yasmā ca saṅgahā [saṅgahe (dī. ni. 3.273; a. ni. 4.32) tadaṭṭhakathāyo oloketabbā] ete, sammapekkhanti [samavekkhanti (sī. syā. pī.) a. ni. 4.32] paṇḍitā;

Tasmā mahattaṃ papponti, pāsaṃsā ca bhavanti te.

181.

‘‘Brahmāti ¶ ¶ [brahmā hi (pī.)] mātāpitaro, pubbācariyāti vuccare;

Āhuneyyā ¶ ca puttānaṃ, pajāya anukampakā.

182.

‘‘Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito;

Annena atho [matho (pī.), atha (a. ni. 4.63; itivu. 106)] pānena, vatthena sayanena ca;

Ucchādanena nhāpanena [nahāpanena (sī. pī.)], pādānaṃ dhovanena ca.

183.

‘‘Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya [paricariyāya (pī.)], mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā;

Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti.

Soṇanandajātakaṃ dutiyaṃ.

Sattatinipātaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Atha sattatimamhi nipātavare, sabhāvantu kusāvatirājavaro;

Atha soṇasunandavaro ca puna, abhivāsitasattatimamhi suteti.

21. Asītinipāto

533. Cūḷahaṃsajātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Sumukha ¶ ¶ ¶ anupacinantā, pakkamanti vihaṅgamā;

Gaccha tuvampi mā kaṅkhi, natthi baddhe [bandhe (syā. ka.)] sahāyatā’’.

2.

‘‘Gacche vāhaṃ na vā gacche, na tena amaro siyaṃ;

Sukhitaṃ taṃ upāsitvā, dukkhitaṃ taṃ kathaṃ jahe.

3.

‘‘Maraṇaṃ vā tayā saddhiṃ, jīvitaṃ vā tayā vinā;

Tadeva maraṇaṃ seyyo, yañce jīve tayā vinā.

4.

‘‘Nesa dhammo mahārāja, yaṃ taṃ evaṃ gataṃ jahe;

Yā gati tuyhaṃ sā mayhaṃ, ruccate vihagādhipa.

5.

‘‘Kā nu pāsena baddhassa [bandhassa (syā. ka.)], gati aññā mahānasā;

Sā kathaṃ cetayānassa, muttassa tava ruccati.

6.

‘‘Kaṃ vā tvaṃ passase atthaṃ, mama tuyhañca pakkhima;

Ñātīnaṃ vāvasiṭṭhānaṃ, ubhinnaṃ jīvitakkhaye.

7.

‘‘Yaṃ na kañcanadepiñcha [depiccha (sī. pī.), dvepiccha (syā.)], andhena tamasā gataṃ;

Tādise sañcajaṃ pāṇaṃ, kamatthamabhijotaye’’.

8.

‘‘Kathaṃ nu patataṃ seṭṭha, dhamme atthaṃ na bujjhasi [bujjhase (sī.)];

Dhammo apacito santo, atthaṃ dasseti pāṇinaṃ.

9.

‘‘Sohaṃ dhammaṃ apekkhāno, dhammā catthaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ;

Bhattiñca ¶ tayi sampassaṃ, nāvakaṅkhāmi jīvitaṃ’’.

10.

‘‘Addhā eso sataṃ dhammo, yo mitto mittamāpade;

Na caje jīvitassāpi, hetudhammamanussaraṃ.

11.

‘‘Svāyaṃ dhammo ca te ciṇṇo, bhatti ca viditā mayi;

Kāmaṃ karassu mayhetaṃ, gacchevānumato mayā’’.

12.

‘‘Api ¶ ¶ tvevaṃ gate kāle, yaṃ khaṇḍaṃ [baddhaṃ (sī.), bandhaṃ (pī.)] ñātinaṃ mayā;

Tayā taṃ buddhisampannaṃ [buddhisampanna (sī. syā. pī.)], assa paramasaṃvutaṃ.

13.

‘‘Iccevaṃ [icceva (sī. pī.)] mantayantānaṃ, ariyānaṃ ariyavuttinaṃ;

Paccadissatha nesādo, āturānamivantako.

14.

‘‘Te sattumabhisañcikkha, dīgharattaṃ hitā dijā;

Tuṇhīmāsittha ubhayo, na sañcalesumāsanā [na ca sañcesu’māsanā (sī. pī.)].

15.

‘‘Dhataraṭṭhe ca disvāna, samuḍḍente tato tato;

Abhikkamatha vegena, dijasattu dijādhipe.

16.

‘‘So ca vegenabhikkamma, āsajja parame dije;

Paccakamittha [paccakampittha (sī. syā. pī.)] nesādo, baddhā iti vicintayaṃ.

17.

‘‘Ekaṃva baddhamāsīnaṃ, abaddhañca punāparaṃ;

Āsajja baddhamāsīnaṃ, pekkhamānamadīnavaṃ.

18.

‘‘Tato so vimatoyeva, paṇḍare ajjhabhāsatha;

Pavaḍḍhakāye āsīne, dijasaṅghagaṇādhipe.

19.

‘‘Yaṃ nu pāsena mahatā, baddho na kurute disaṃ;

Atha ¶ kasmā abaddho tvaṃ, balī pakkhi na gacchasi.

20.

‘‘Kinnu tyāyaṃ [tā’yaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] dijo hoti, mutto baddhaṃ upāsasi;

Ohāya sakuṇā yanti, kiṃ eko avahīyasi’’.

21.

‘‘Rājā me so dijāmitta, sakhā pāṇasamo ca me;

Neva naṃ vijahissāmi, yāva kālassa pariyāyaṃ.

22.

‘‘Kathaṃ panāyaṃ vihaṅgo, nāddasa pāsamoḍḍitaṃ;

Padañhetaṃ mahantānaṃ, boddhumarahanti āpadaṃ.

23.

‘‘Yadā parābhavo hoti, poso jīvitasaṅkhaye;

Atha jālañca pāsañca, āsajjāpi na bujjhati.

24.

‘‘Api ¶ tveva mahāpañña, pāsā bahuvidhā tatā [tatā (syā. ka.)];

Guyhamāsajja [gūḷhamāsajja (sī. pī.)] bajjhanti, athevaṃ jīvitakkhaye’’.

25.

‘‘Api nāyaṃ tayā saddhiṃ, saṃvāsassa [sambhāsassa (sī. pī.)] sukhudrayo;

Api no anumaññāsi, api no jīvitaṃ dade’’.

26.

‘‘Na ceva me tvaṃ baddhosi, napi icchāmi te vadhaṃ;

Kāmaṃ khippamito gantvā, jīva tvaṃ anigho ciraṃ’’.

27.

‘‘Nevāhametamicchāmi ¶ , aññatretassa jīvitā;

Sace ekena tuṭṭhosi, muñcetaṃ mañca bhakkhaya.

28.

‘‘Ārohapariṇāhena, tulyāsmā [tulyāmhā (ka.)] vayasā ubho;

Na te lābhena jīvatthi [jīnatthi (sī. syā. pī.)], etena niminā tuvaṃ.

29.

‘‘Tadiṅgha ¶ samapekkhassu [samavekkhasu (sī. pī.)], hotu giddhi tavamhasu [tavasmasu (sī. syā.)];

Maṃ pubbe bandha pāsena, pacchā muñca dijādhipaṃ.

30.

‘‘Tāvadeva ca te lābho, katāssa [katassā (sī. pī.)] yācanāya ca;

Mitti ca dhataraṭṭhehi, yāvajīvāya te siyā’’.

31.

‘‘Passantu no mahāsaṅghā, tayā muttaṃ ito gataṃ;

Mittāmaccā ca bhaccā ca, puttadārā ca bandhavā.

32.

‘‘Na ca te tādisā mittā, bahūnaṃ [bahunnaṃ (sī. pī.)] idha vijjati;

Yathā tvaṃ dhataraṭṭhassa, pāṇasādhāraṇo sakhā.

33.

‘‘So te sahāyaṃ muñcāmi, hotu rājā tavānugo;

Kāmaṃ khippamito gantvā, ñātimajjhe virocatha’’.

34.

‘‘So patīto pamuttena, bhattunā [bhattuno (syā.)] bhattugāravo;

Ajjhabhāsatha vakkaṅgo [vaṅkaṅgo (syā.)], vācaṃ kaṇṇasukhaṃ bhaṇaṃ.

35.

‘‘Evaṃ luddaka nandassu, saha sabbehi ñātibhi;

Yathāhamajja nandāmi, muttaṃ disvā dijādhipaṃ’’.

36.

‘‘Ehi ¶ taṃ anusikkhāmi, yathā tvamapi lacchase;

Lābhaṃ tavāyaṃ [yathāyaṃ (sī. pī.)] dhataraṭṭho, pāpaṃ kiñci [kañci (sī.)] na dakkhati.

37.

‘‘Khippamantepuraṃ netvā [gantvā (syā. ka.)], rañño dassehi no ubho;

Abaddhe pakatibhūte, kāje [kāce (pī.)] ubhayato ṭhite.

38.

‘‘Dhataraṭṭhā mahārāja, haṃsādhipatino ime;

Ayañhi ¶ rājā haṃsānaṃ, ayaṃ senāpatītaro.

39.

‘‘Asaṃsayaṃ imaṃ disvā, haṃsarājaṃ narādhipo;

Patīto sumano vitto [citto (ka.)], bahuṃ dassati te dhanaṃ’’.

40.

‘‘Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, kammunā upapādayi;

Khippamantepuraṃ gantvā, rañño haṃse adassayi;

Abaddhe pakatibhūte, kāje ubhayato ṭhite.

41.

‘‘Dhataraṭṭhā ¶ mahārāja, haṃsādhipatino ime;

Ayañhi rājā haṃsānaṃ, ayaṃ senāpatītaro’’.

42.

‘‘Kathaṃ panime vihaṅgā [vihagā (sī. pī.)], tava hatthattamāgatā [hatthattha’māgatā (sī. syā. pī.)];

Kathaṃ luddo mahantānaṃ, issare idha ajjhagā’’.

43.

‘‘Vihitā santime pāsā, pallalesu janādhipa;

Yaṃ yadāyatanaṃ maññe, dijānaṃ pāṇarodhanaṃ.

44.

‘‘Tādisaṃ pāsamāsajja, haṃsarājā abajjhatha;

Taṃ abaddho upāsīno, mamāyaṃ ajjhabhāsatha.

45.

‘‘Sudukkaraṃ anariyehi, dahate bhāvamuttamaṃ;

Bhatturatthe parakkanto, dhammayutto [dhamme yutto (sī. pī.)] vihaṅgamo.

46.

‘‘Attanāyaṃ [attano yaṃ (syā.)] cajitvāna, jīvitaṃ jīvitāraho;

Anutthunanto āsīno, bhattu yācittha jīvitaṃ.

47.

‘‘Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, pasādamahamajjhagā;

Tato naṃ pāmuciṃ [pāmuñciṃ (pī. ka.)] pāsā, anuññāsiṃ sukhena ca.

48.

‘‘‘So ¶ ¶ patīto pamuttena, bhattunā bhattugāravo;

Ajjhabhāsatha vakkaṅgo, vācaṃ kaṇṇasukhaṃ bhaṇaṃ.

49.

‘‘‘Evaṃ luddaka nandassu, saha sabbehi ñātibhi;

Yathāhamajja nandāmi, muttaṃ disvā dijādhipaṃ.

50.

‘‘‘Ehi taṃ anusikkhāmi, yathā tvamapi lacchase;

Lābhaṃ tavāyaṃ dhataraṭṭho, pāpaṃ kiñci na dakkhati.

51.

‘‘‘Khippamantepuraṃ netvā [gantvā (sabbattha)], rañño dassehi no ubho;

Abaddhe pakatibhūte, kāje ubhayato ṭhite.

52.

‘‘‘Dhataraṭṭhā mahārāja, haṃsādhipatino ime;

Ayañhi rājā haṃsānaṃ, ayaṃ senāpatītaro.

53.

‘‘‘Asaṃsayaṃ imaṃ disvā, haṃsarājaṃ narādhipo;

Patīto sumano vitto, bahuṃ dassati te dhanaṃ’.

54.

‘‘Evametassa vacanā, ānītāme ubho mayā;

Ettheva hi ime āsuṃ [assu (sī. syā. pī.)], ubho anumatā mayā.

55.

‘‘Soyaṃ evaṃ gato pakkhī, dijo paramadhammiko;

Mādisassa hi luddassa, janayeyyātha maddavaṃ.

56.

‘‘Upāyanañca ¶ te deva, nāññaṃ passāmi edisaṃ;

Sabbasākuṇikāgāme, taṃ passa manujādhipa’’.

57.

‘‘Disvā nisinnaṃ rājānaṃ, pīṭhe sovaṇṇaye subhe;

Ajjhabhāsatha vakkaṅgo, vācaṃ kaṇṇasukhaṃ bhaṇaṃ.

58.

‘‘Kaccinnu ¶ bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmayaṃ;

Kacci raṭṭhamidaṃ phītaṃ, dhammena manusāsasi’’.

59.

‘‘Kusalañceva me haṃsa, atho haṃsa anāmayaṃ;

Atho raṭṭhamidaṃ phītaṃ, dhammena manusāsahaṃ’’ [manusissati (sī. pī.)].

60.

‘‘Kacci bhoto amaccesu, doso koci na vijjati;

Kacci ca [kaccinnu (sī. pī.)] te tavatthesu, nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ’’.

61.

‘‘Athopi ¶ me amaccesu, doso koci na vijjati;

Athopi te [athopime (sī. pī.)] mamatthesu, nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ’’.

62.

‘‘Kacci te sādisī bhariyā, assavā piyabhāṇinī;

Puttarūpayasūpetā, tava chandavasānugā’’.

63.

‘‘Atho me sādisī bhariyā, assavā piyabhāṇinī;

Puttarūpayasūpetā, mama chandavasānugā’’.

64.

‘‘Bhavantaṃ [bhavaṃ tu (sī. pī.), bhavannu (syā.)] kacci nu mahā-sattuhatthattataṃ [hatthatthataṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] gato;

Dukkhamāpajji vipulaṃ, tasmiṃ paṭhamamāpade.

65.

‘‘Kacci yantāpatitvāna, daṇḍena samapothayi;

Evametesaṃ jammānaṃ, pātikaṃ [pākatikaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhavati tāvade’’.

66.

‘‘Khemamāsi mahārāja, evamāpadiyā sati [evamāpadi saṃsati (sī. pī.)];

Na cāyaṃ kiñci rasmāsu, sattūva samapajjatha.

67.

‘‘Paccagamittha nesādo, pubbeva ajjhabhāsatha;

Tadāyaṃ sumukhoyeva, paṇḍito paccabhāsatha.

68.

‘‘Tassa ¶ taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, pasādamayamajjhagā;

Tato maṃ pāmucī pāsā, anuññāsi sukhena ca.

69.

‘‘Idañca sumukheneva, etadatthāya cintitaṃ;

Bhoto sakāsegamanaṃ [sakāse + āgamanaṃ], etassa dhanamicchatā’’.

70.

‘‘Svāgatañcevidaṃ bhavataṃ, patīto casmi dassanā;

Eso cāpi bahuṃ vittaṃ, labhataṃ yāvadicchati’’ [yāvaticchati (sī. pī.)].

71.

‘‘Santappayitvā ¶ nesādaṃ, bhogehi manujādhipo;

Ajjhabhāsatha vakkaṅgaṃ, vācaṃ kaṇṇasukhaṃ bhaṇaṃ’’.

72.

‘‘Yaṃ khalu dhammamādhīnaṃ, vaso vattati kiñcanaṃ;

Sabbatthissariyaṃ tava [sabbatthissariyaṃ bhavataṃ (sī. syā. pī.), sabbissariyaṃ bhavataṃ (syā. ka.)], taṃ pasāsa [pasāsatha (sī. syā. pī.)] yadicchatha.

73.

‘‘Dānatthaṃ ¶ upabhottuṃ vā, yaṃ caññaṃ upakappati;

Etaṃ dadāmi vo vittaṃ, issariyaṃ [isseraṃ (sī.), issaraṃ (pī.)] vissajāmi vo’’.

74.

‘‘Yathā ca myāyaṃ sumukho, ajjhabhāseyya paṇḍito;

Kāmasā buddhisampanno, taṃ myāssa paramappiyaṃ’’.

75.

‘‘Ahaṃ khalu mahārāja, nāgarājārivantaraṃ;

Paṭivattuṃ na sakkomi, na me so vinayo siyā.

76.

‘‘Amhākañceva so [yo (sī. pī.)] seṭṭho, tvañca uttamasattavo;

Bhūmipālo manussindo, pūjā bahūhi hetuhi.

77.

‘‘Tesaṃ ubhinnaṃ bhaṇataṃ, vattamāne vinicchaye;

Nantaraṃ [nāntaraṃ (sī. pī.)] paṭivattabbaṃ, pessena [pesena (ka.)] manujādhipa’’.

78.

‘‘Dhammena ¶ kira nesādo, paṇḍito aṇḍajo iti;

Na heva akatattassa, nayo etādiso siyā.

79.

‘‘Evaṃ aggapakatimā, evaṃ uttamasattavo;

Yāvatatthi mayā diṭṭhā, nāññaṃ passāmi edisaṃ.

80.

‘‘Tuṭṭhosmi vo pakatiyā, vākyena madhurena ca;

Eso cāpi mamacchando, ciraṃ passeyya vo ubho’’.

81.

‘‘Yaṃ kiccaṃ [yaṃkiñci (pī.)] parame mitte, katamasmāsu [rasmāsu (sī. pī.)] taṃ tayā;

Pattā nissaṃsayaṃ tyāmhā [tyamhā (pī.)], bhattirasmāsu yā tava.

82.

‘‘Aduñca nūna sumahā, ñātisaṅghassa mantaraṃ;

Adassanena asmākaṃ [amhākaṃ (sī. pī.)], dukkhaṃ bahūsu pakkhisu.

83.

‘‘Tesaṃ sokavighātāya, tayā anumatā mayaṃ;

Taṃ padakkhiṇato katvā, ñātiṃ [ñātī (sī. syā. pī.)] passemurindama [passemarindama (sī. pī.)].

84.

‘‘Addhāhaṃ vipulaṃ pītiṃ, bhavataṃ vindāmi dassanā;

Eso cāpi mahā attho, ñātivissāsanā siyā’’.

85.

‘‘Idaṃ ¶ vatvā dhataraṭṭho [dhataraṭṭhā (sī.)], haṃsarājā narādhipaṃ;

Uttamaṃ javamanvāya [uttamajavamattāya (sī. pī.)], ñātisaṅghaṃ upāgamuṃ.

86.

‘‘Te ¶ aroge anuppatte, disvāna parame dije;

Kekāti makaruṃ haṃsā, puthusaddo ajāyatha.

87.

‘‘Te patītā pamuttena, bhattunā bhattugāravā;

Samantā parikiriṃsu [parikariṃsu (sī. syā. pī.)], aṇḍajā laddhapaccayā’’.

88.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ mittavataṃ atthā, sabbe honti padakkhiṇā;

Haṃsā yathā dhataraṭṭhā, ñātisaṅghaṃ upāgamu’’nti.

Cūḷa [culla (sī. syā. pī.)] haṃsajātakaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

534. Mahāhaṃsajātakaṃ (2)

89.

‘‘Ete haṃsā pakkamanti, vakkaṅgā bhayameritā;

Harittaca hemavaṇṇa, kāmaṃ sumukha pakkama.

90.

‘‘Ohāya maṃ ñātigaṇā, ekaṃ pāsavasaṃ gataṃ;

Anapekkhamānā gacchanti, kiṃ eko avahīyasi.

91.

‘‘Pateva patataṃ seṭṭha, natthi baddhe sahāyatā;

Mā anīghāya hāpesi, kāmaṃ sumukha pakkama’’.

92.

‘‘Nāhaṃ dukkhaparetopi [dukkhapareto’’ti (jā. 1.15.136) aṭṭhakathāyo oloketabbā], dhataraṭṭha tuvaṃ [tavaṃ (sī. pī.)] jahe;

Jīvitaṃ maraṇaṃ vā me, tayā saddhiṃ bhavissati.

93.

‘‘Nāhaṃ dukkhaparetopi, dhataraṭṭha tuvaṃ jahe;

Na maṃ anariyasaṃyutte, kamme yojetumarahasi.

94.

‘‘Sakumāro sakhā tyasmi, sacitte casmi te [samite (pī.), tyasmi te (ka.)] ṭhito;

Ñāto senāpati tyāhaṃ, haṃsānaṃ pavaruttama.

95.

‘‘Kathaṃ ¶ ahaṃ vikatthissaṃ [vikattissaṃ (pī.)], ñātimajjhe ito gato;

Taṃ hitvā patataṃ seṭṭha, kiṃ te vakkhāmito gato;

Idha pāṇaṃ cajissāmi, nānariyaṃ [na anariyaṃ (pī.)] kattumussahe’’.

96.

‘‘Eso ¶ hi dhammo sumukha, yaṃ tvaṃ ariyapathe ṭhito;

Yo bhattāraṃ sakhāraṃ maṃ, na pariccattumussahe.

97.

‘‘Tañhi me pekkhamānassa, bhayaṃ natveva jāyati;

Adhigacchasi tvaṃ mayhaṃ, evaṃ bhūtassa jīvitaṃ’’.

98.

‘‘Iccevaṃ ¶ [icceva (sī. pī.)] mantayantānaṃ, ariyānaṃ ariyavuttinaṃ;

Daṇḍamādāya nesādo, āpatī [āpadī (ka.)] turito bhusaṃ.

99.

‘‘Tamāpatantaṃ disvāna, sumukho atibrūhayi [aparibrūhayi (sī. pī.)];

Aṭṭhāsi purato rañño, haṃso vissāsayaṃ byadhaṃ [byathaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)].

100.

‘‘Mā bhāyi patataṃ seṭṭha, na hi bhāyanti tādisā;

Ahaṃ yogaṃ payuñjissaṃ, yuttaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ;

Tena pariyāpadānena [pariyādānena (ka.)], khippaṃ pāsā pamokkhasi’’.

101.

‘‘Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, sumukhassa subhāsitaṃ;

Pahaṭṭhalomo nesādo, añjalissa paṇāmayi.

102.

‘‘Na me sutaṃ vā diṭṭhaṃ vā, bhāsanto mānusiṃ dijo;

Ariyaṃ bruvāno [brūhanto (syā. ka.)] vakkaṅgo, cajanto mānusiṃ giraṃ.

103.

‘‘Kinnu tāyaṃ dijo hoti, mutto baddhaṃ upāsasi;

Ohāya sakuṇā yanti, kiṃ eko avahīyasi’’.

104.

‘‘Rājā me so dijāmitta, senāpaccassa kārayiṃ;

Tamāpade pariccattuṃ, nussahe vihagādhipaṃ.

105.

‘‘Mahāgaṇāya bhattā me, mā eko byasanaṃ agā;

Tathā ¶ taṃ samma nesāda, bhattāyaṃ abhito rame’’.

106.

‘‘Ariyavattasi ¶ vakkaṅga, yo piṇḍamapacāyasi;

Cajāmi te taṃ bhattāraṃ, gacchathūbho [gacchatu bho (pī.)] yathāsukhaṃ’’.

107.

‘‘Sace attappayogena, ohito haṃsapakkhinaṃ;

Paṭigaṇhāma te samma, etaṃ abhayadakkhiṇaṃ.

108.

‘‘No ce attappayogena, ohito haṃsapakkhinaṃ;

Anissaro muñcamamhe, theyyaṃ kayirāsi luddaka’’.

109.

‘‘Yassa tvaṃ bhatako [bhaṭako (ka.)] rañño, kāmaṃ tasseva pāpaya;

Tattha saṃyamano [saṃyamāno (pī.)] rājā, yathābhiññaṃ karissati’’.

110.

‘‘Iccevaṃ vutto nesādo, hemavaṇṇe harittace;

Ubho hatthehi saṅgayha [paggayha (syā. ka.)], pañjare ajjhavodahi.

111.

‘‘Te pañjaragate pakkhī, ubho bhassaravaṇṇine;

Sumukhaṃ dhataraṭṭhañca, luddo ādāya pakkami’’.

112.

‘‘Harīyamāno ¶ dhataraṭṭho, sumukhaṃ etadabravi;

Bāḷhaṃ bhāyāmi sumukha, sāmāya lakkhaṇūruyā;

Asmākaṃ vadhamaññāya, athattānaṃ vadhissati.

113.

‘‘Pākahaṃsā ca sumukha, suhemā hemasuttacā;

Koñcī samuddatīreva, kapaṇā nūna rucchati’’.

114.

‘‘Evaṃ mahanto lokassa, appameyyo mahāgaṇī;

Ekitthimanusoceyya, nayidaṃ paññavatāmiva.

115.

‘‘Vātova ¶ gandhamādeti, ubhayaṃ chekapāpakaṃ;

Bālo āmakapakkaṃva, lolo andhova āmisaṃ.

116.

‘‘Avinicchayaññu atthesu, mandova paṭibhāsi [paṭibhāti (ka.)] maṃ;

Kiccākiccaṃ na jānāsi, sampatto kālapariyāyaṃ.

117.

‘‘Aḍḍhummatto udīresi, yo seyyā maññasitthiyo;

Bahusādhāraṇā hetā, soṇḍānaṃva surāgharaṃ.

118.

‘‘Māyā ¶ cesā marīcī ca, soko rogo cupaddavo;

Kharā ca bandhanā cetā, maccupāsā guhāsayā [paccupāso guhāsayo (sī. pī.)];

Tāsu yo vissase poso, so naresu narādhamo’’.

119.

‘‘Yaṃ vuddhehi upaññātaṃ, ko taṃ ninditumarahati;

Mahābhūtitthiyo nāma, lokasmiṃ udapajjisuṃ.

120.

‘‘Khiḍḍā paṇihitā tyāsu, rati tyāsu patiṭṭhitā;

Bījāni tyāsu rūhanti, yadidaṃ sattā pajāyare;

Tāsu ko nibbide [nibbije (ka.)] poso, pāṇamāsajja pāṇibhi [pāṇahi (sī.)].

121.

‘‘Tvameva nañño sumukha, thīnaṃ atthesu yuñjasi;

Tassa tyajja bhaye jāte, bhītena jāyate mati.

122.

‘‘Sabbo hi saṃsayaṃ patto, bhayaṃ bhīru titikkhati;

Paṇḍitā ca mahantāno [mahattāno (sī.)], atthe yuñjanti duyyuje.

123.

‘‘Etadatthāya rājāno, sūramicchanti mantinaṃ;

Paṭibāhati yaṃ sūro, āpadaṃ attapariyāyaṃ.

124.

‘‘Mā ¶ no ajja vikantiṃsu, rañño sūdā mahānase;

Tathā hi vaṇṇo pattānaṃ, phalaṃ veḷuṃva taṃ vadhi.

125.

‘‘Muttopi ¶ na icchi [nicchasi (ka.)] uḍḍetuṃ [oḍḍetuṃ (sī.)], sayaṃ bandhaṃ upāgami;

Sopajja saṃsayaṃ patto, atthaṃ gaṇhāhi mā mukhaṃ’’.

126.

‘‘So taṃ [tvaṃ (syā. pī.)] yogaṃ payuñjassu, yuttaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ [dhammopasañhitaṃ (ka.)];

Tava pariyāpadānena, mama pāṇesanaṃ cara’’.

127.

‘‘Mā bhāyi patataṃ seṭṭha, na hi bhāyanti tādisā;

Ahaṃ yogaṃ payuñjissaṃ, yuttaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ [dhammopasañhitaṃ (ka.)];

Mama pariyāpadānena, khippaṃ pāsā pamokkhasi’’.

128.

‘‘So [sa (sī.)] luddo haṃsakājena [haṃsakācena (pī.)], rājadvāraṃ upāgami;

Paṭivedetha maṃ rañño, dhataraṭṭhāyamāgato’’.

129.

‘‘Te ¶ disvā puññasaṃkāse, ubho lakkhaṇasammate [lakkhaññāsammate (sī. pī.)];

Khalu saṃyamano rājā, amacce ajjhabhāsatha.

130.

‘‘Detha luddassa vatthāni, annaṃ pānañca bhojanaṃ;

Kāmaṃ karo hiraññassa, yāvanto esa icchati’’.

131.

‘‘Disvā luddaṃ pasannattaṃ, kāsirājā tadabravi;

Yadyāyaṃ [yadāyaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] samma khemaka, puṇṇā haṃsehi tiṭṭhati.

132.

‘‘Kathaṃ rucimajjhagataṃ, pāsahattho upāgami;

Okiṇṇaṃ ñātisaṅghehi, nimmajjhimaṃ [nimajjhimaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] kathaṃ gahi’’.

133.

‘‘Ajja me sattamā ratti, adanāni [ādānāni (syā. pī. ka.)] upāsato [upāgato (ka.)];

Padametassa ¶ anvesaṃ, appamatto ghaṭassito.

134.

‘‘Athassa padamaddakkhiṃ, carato adanesanaṃ;

Tatthāhaṃ odahiṃ pāsaṃ, evaṃ taṃ [evetaṃ (sī. pī.)] dijamaggahiṃ’’.

135.

‘‘Ludda dve ime sakuṇā, atha ekoti bhāsasi;

Cittaṃ nu te vipariyattaṃ [vipariyatthaṃ (pī.)], adu kinnu jigīsasi’’ [jigiṃsasi (sī. pī.)].

136.

‘‘Yassa lohitakā tālā, tapanīyanibhā subhā;

Uraṃ saṃhacca tiṭṭhanti, so me bandhaṃ upāgami.

137.

‘‘Athāyaṃ bhassaro pakkhī, abaddho baddhamāturaṃ;

Ariyaṃ bruvāno aṭṭhāsi, cajanto mānusiṃ giraṃ’’.

138.

‘‘Atha kiṃ [atha kinnu (sī. pī.), kathaṃ nu (syā.)] dāni sumukha, hanuṃ saṃhacca tiṭṭhasi;

Adu me parisaṃ patto, bhayā bhīto na bhāsasi’’.

139.

‘‘Nāhaṃ ¶ kāsipati bhīto, ogayha parisaṃ tava;

Nāhaṃ bhayā na bhāsissaṃ, vākyaṃ atthamhi tādise’’.

140.

‘‘Na te abhisaraṃ passe, na rathe napi pattike;

Nāssa cammaṃ va kīṭaṃ vā, vammite ca dhanuggahe.

141.

‘‘Na ¶ hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ vā, nagaraṃ vā sumāpitaṃ;

Okiṇṇaparikhaṃ duggaṃ, daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhakaṃ;

Yattha paviṭṭho sumukha, bhāyitabbaṃ na bhāyasi’’.

142.

‘‘Na me abhisarenattho, nagarena dhanena vā;

Apathena pathaṃ yāma, antalikkhecarā mayaṃ.

143.

‘‘Sutā ¶ ca paṇḍitā tyamhā, nipuṇā atthacintakā [catthacintakā (ka.)];

Bhāsematthavatiṃ vācaṃ, sacce cassa patiṭṭhito.

144.

‘‘Kiñca tuyhaṃ asaccassa, anariyassa karissati;

Musāvādissa luddassa, bhaṇitampi subhāsitaṃ’’.

145.

‘‘Taṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vacanā, imaṃ khemamakārayi [khemikārayi (sī. pī.)];

Abhayañca tayā ghuṭṭhaṃ, imāyo dasadhā disā.

146.

‘‘Ogayha te pokkharaṇiṃ, vippasannodakaṃ suciṃ;

Pahūtaṃ cādanaṃ tattha, ahiṃsā cettha pakkhinaṃ.

147.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna nigghosaṃ, āgatamha tavantike;

Te te bandhasma pāsena, etaṃ te bhāsitaṃ musā.

148.

‘‘Musāvādaṃ purakkhatvā, icchālobhañca pāpakaṃ;

Ubho sandhimatikkamma, asātaṃ upapajjati’’.

149.

‘‘Nāparajjhāma sumukha, napi lobhāva maggahiṃ;

Sutā ca paṇḍitātyattha, nipuṇā atthacintakā.

150.

‘‘Appevatthavatiṃ vācaṃ, byāhareyyuṃ [byākareyyuṃ (sī. pī.)] idhāgatā;

Tathā taṃ samma nesādo, vutto sumukha maggahi’’.

151.

‘‘Neva bhītā [bhūtā (syā. ka.)] kāsipati, upanītasmi jīvite;

Bhāsematthavatiṃ vācaṃ, sampattā kālapariyāyaṃ.

152.

‘‘Yo migena migaṃ hanti, pakkhiṃ vā pana pakkhinā;

Sutena vā sutaṃ kiṇyā [kiṇe (sī. pī.)], kiṃ anariyataraṃ tato.

153.

‘‘Yo ¶ ¶ ¶ cāriyarudaṃ [ca ariyarudaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhāse, anariyadhammavassito [anariyadhammamavassito (sī.)];

Ubho so dhaṃsate lokā, idha ceva parattha ca.

154.

‘‘Na majjetha yasaṃ patto, na byādhe [byathe (sī. pī.)] pattasaṃsayaṃ;

Vāyametheva kiccesu, saṃvare vivarāni ca.

155.

‘‘Ye vuddhā abbhatikkantā [nābbhacikkhantā (ka.)], sampattā kālapariyāyaṃ;

Idha dhammaṃ caritvāna, evaṃte [evete (sī. pī.)] tidivaṃ gatā.

156.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvā kāsipati, dhammamattani pālaya;

Dhataraṭṭhañca muñcāhi, haṃsānaṃ pavaruttamaṃ’’.

157.

‘‘Āharantudakaṃ pajjaṃ, āsanañca mahārahaṃ;

Pañjarato pamokkhāmi, dhataraṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ.

158.

‘‘Tañca senāpatiṃ dhīraṃ, nipuṇaṃ atthacintakaṃ;

Yo sukhe sukhito raññe [rañño (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], dukkhite hoti dukkhito.

159.

‘‘Ediso kho arahati, piṇḍamasnātu bhattuno;

Yathāyaṃ sumukho rañño, pāṇasādhāraṇo sakhā’’.

160.

‘‘Pīṭhañca sabbasovaṇṇaṃ, aṭṭhapādaṃ manoramaṃ;

Maṭṭhaṃ kāsikamatthannaṃ [kāsikapatthiṇṇaṃ (sī.), kāsikavatthinaṃ (syā. pī.)], dhataraṭṭho upāvisi.

161.

‘‘Kocchañca sabbasovaṇṇaṃ, veyyagghaparisibbitaṃ;

Sumukho ajjhupāvekkhi, dhataraṭṭhassanantarā [anantaraṃ (sī.)].

162.

‘‘Tesaṃ kañcanapattehi, puthū ādāya kāsiyo;

Haṃsānaṃ abhihāresuṃ, aggarañño pavāsitaṃ’’.

163.

‘‘Disvā ¶ abhihaṭaṃ aggaṃ, kāsirājena pesitaṃ;

Kusalo khattadhammānaṃ, tato pucchi anantarā.

164.

‘‘Kaccinnu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmayaṃ;

Kacci raṭṭhamidaṃ phītaṃ, dhammena manusāsasi’’.

165.

‘‘Kusalañceva ¶ me haṃsa, atho haṃsa anāmayaṃ;

Atho raṭṭhamidaṃ phītaṃ, dhammenaṃ manusāsahaṃ.

166.

‘‘Kacci bhoto amaccesu, doso koci na vijjati;

Kacci ca te tavatthesu, nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ’’.

167.

‘‘Athopi me amaccesu, doso koci na vijjati;

Athopi te mamatthesu, nāvakaṅkhanti jīvitaṃ’’.

168.

‘‘Kacci ¶ te sādisī bhariyā, assavā piyabhāṇinī;

Puttarūpayasūpetā, tava chandavasānugā’’.

169.

‘‘Atho me sādisī bhariyā, assavā piyabhāṇinī;

Puttarūpayasūpetā, mama chandavasānugā’’.

170.

‘‘Kacci raṭṭhaṃ anuppīḷaṃ, akutociupaddavaṃ;

Asāhasena dhammena, samena manusāsasi’’.

171.

‘‘Atho raṭṭhaṃ anuppīḷaṃ, akutociupaddavaṃ;

Asāhasena dhammena, samena manusāsahaṃ’’.

172.

‘‘Kacci santo apacitā, asanto parivajjitā;

No ce [ca (syā. ka.)] dhammaṃ niraṃkatvā, adhammamanuvattasi’’.

173.

‘‘Santo ¶ ca me apacitā, asanto parivajjitā;

Dhammamevānuvattāmi, adhammo me niraṅkato’’.

174.

‘‘Kacci nānāgataṃ [kacci nunāgataṃ (syā. ka.)] dīghaṃ, samavekkhasi khattiya;

Kacci matto [na matto (sī.)] madanīye, paralokaṃ na santasi’’.

175.

‘‘Nāhaṃ anāgataṃ [ahaṃ anāgataṃ (syā.)] dīghaṃ, samavekkhāmi pakkhima;

Ṭhito dasasu dhammesu, paralokaṃ na santase [santasiṃ (syā.)].

176.

‘‘Dānaṃ sīlaṃ pariccāgaṃ, ajjavaṃ maddavaṃ tapaṃ;

Akkodhaṃ avihiṃsañca, khantiñca [khantī ca (ka.)] avirodhanaṃ.

177.

‘‘Iccete kusale dhamme, ṭhite passāmi attani;

Tato me jāyate pīti, somanassañcanappakaṃ.

178.

‘‘Sumukho ¶ ca acintetvā, visajji [vissaji (sī. pī.)] pharusaṃ giraṃ;

Bhāvadosamanaññāya, asmākāyaṃ vihaṅgamo.

179.

‘‘So kuddho pharusaṃ vācaṃ, nicchāresi ayoniso;

Yānasmāsu [yānasmāsu (sī. syā pī.)] na vijjanti, nayidaṃ [na idaṃ (sī. pī.)] paññavatāmiva’’.

180.

‘‘Atthi me taṃ atisāraṃ, vegena manujādhipa;

Dhataraṭṭhe ca baddhasmiṃ, dukkhaṃ me vipulaṃ ahu.

181.

‘‘Tvaṃ no pitāva puttānaṃ, bhūtānaṃ dharaṇīriva;

Asmākaṃ adhipannānaṃ, khamassu rājakuñjara’’.

182.

‘‘Etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. ka.)] te anumodāma, yaṃ bhāvaṃ na nigūhasi;

Khilaṃ pabhindasi pakkhi, ujukosi vihaṅgama’’.

183.

‘‘Yaṃ ¶ ¶ kiñci ratanaṃ atthi, kāsirāja nivesane;

Rajataṃ jātarūpañca, muttā veḷuriyā bahū.

184.

‘‘Maṇayo saṅkhamuttañca, vatthakaṃ haricandanaṃ;

Ajinaṃ dantabhaṇḍañca, lohaṃ kāḷāyasaṃ bahuṃ;

Etaṃ dadāmi vo vittaṃ, issariyaṃ [isseraṃ (sī.), issaraṃ (syā. pī. ka.)] vissajāmi vo’’.

185.

‘‘Addhā apacitā tyamhā, sakkatā ca rathesabha;

Dhammesu vattamānānaṃ, tvaṃ no ācariyo bhava.

186.

‘‘Ācariya samanuññātā, tayā anumatā mayaṃ;

Taṃ padakkhiṇato katvā, ñātiṃ [ñātī (sī. syā. pī.)] passemurindama’’ [passemarindama (sī. pī.)].

187.

‘‘Sabbarattiṃ cintayitvā, mantayitvā yathātathaṃ;

Kāsirājā anuññāsi, haṃsānaṃ pavaruttamaṃ’’.

188.

‘‘Tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyuggamanaṃ [suriyassuggamanaṃ (sī. syā.), suriyuggamanaṃ (pī.)] pati;

Pekkhato kāsirājassa, bhavanā te [bhavanato (syā. ka.)] vigāhisuṃ’’.

189.

‘‘Te aroge anuppatte, disvāna parame dije;

Kekāti makaruṃ haṃsā, puthusaddo ajāyatha.

190.

‘‘Te ¶ patītā pamuttena, bhattunā bhattugāravā;

Samantā parikiriṃsu, aṇḍajā laddhapaccayā’’.

191.

‘‘Evaṃ mittavataṃ atthā, sabbe honti padakkhiṇā;

Haṃsā yathā dhataraṭṭhā, ñātisaṅghaṃ upāgamu’’nti.

Mahāhaṃsajātakaṃ dutiyaṃ.

535. Sudhābhojanajātakaṃ (3)

192.

‘‘Neva ¶ kiṇāmi napi vikkiṇāmi, na cāpi me sannicayo ca atthi [idhatthi (syā.)];

Sukiccharūpaṃ vatidaṃ parittaṃ, patthodano nālamayaṃ duvinnaṃ’’.

193.

‘‘Appamhā appakaṃ dajjā, anumajjhato majjhakaṃ;

Bahumhā bahukaṃ dajjā, adānaṃ nupapajjati [na upapajjati (sī. pī.)].

194.

‘‘Taṃ taṃ vadāmi kosiya, dehi dānāni bhuñja ca;

Ariyamaggaṃ samārūha [ariyaṃ maggaṃ samāruha (sī. pī.)], nekāsī labhate sukhaṃ’’.

195.

‘‘Moghañcassa ¶ hutaṃ hoti, moghañcāpi samīhitaṃ;

Atithismiṃ yo nisinnasmiṃ, eko bhuñjati bhojanaṃ.

196.

‘‘Taṃ taṃ vadāmi kosiya, dehi dānāni bhuñja ca;

Ariyamaggaṃ samārūha, nekāsī labhate sukhaṃ’’.

197.

‘‘Saccañcassa hutaṃ hoti, saccañcāpi samīhitaṃ;

Atithismiṃ yo nisinnasmiṃ, neko bhuñjati bhojanaṃ.

198.

‘‘Taṃ taṃ vadāmi kosiya, dehi dānāni bhuñja ca;

Ariyamaggaṃ samārūha, nekāsī labhate sukhaṃ’’.

199.

‘‘Sarañca juhati poso, bahukāya gayāya ca;

Doṇe timbarutitthasmiṃ, sīghasote mahāvahe.

200.

‘‘Atra cassa hutaṃ hoti, atra cassa samīhitaṃ;

Atithismiṃ ¶ yo nisinnasmiṃ, neko bhuñjati bhojanaṃ.

201.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ taṃ vadāmi kosiya, dehi dānāni bhuñja ca;

Ariyamaggaṃ samārūha, nekāsī labhate sukhaṃ’’.

202.

‘‘Baḷisañhi so nigilati [niggilati (sī. pī.)], dīghasuttaṃ sabandhanaṃ;

Atithismiṃ yo nisinnasmiṃ, eko bhuñjati bhojanaṃ.

203.

‘‘Taṃ taṃ vadāmi kosiya, dehi dānāni bhuñja ca;

Ariyamaggaṃ samārūha, nekāsī labhate sukhaṃ’’.

204.

‘‘Uḷāravaṇṇā vata brāhmaṇā ime, ayañca vo sunakho kissa hetu;

Uccāvacaṃ vaṇṇanibhaṃ vikubbati, akkhātha no brāhmaṇā ke nu tumhe’’.

205.

‘‘Cando ca sūriyo ca [sūriyo ca (ka.)] ubho idhāgatā, ayaṃ pana mātali devasārathi;

Sakkohamasmi tidasānamindo, eso ca kho pañcasikhoti vuccati.

206.

‘‘Pāṇissarā mudiṅgā ca [mutiṅgā ca (sī. syā. pī.)], murajālambarāni ca;

Suttamenaṃ pabodhenti, paṭibuddho ca nandati’’.

207.

‘‘Ye kecime maccharino kadariyā, paribhāsakā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ;

Idheva nikkhippa sarīradehaṃ, kāyassa ¶ bhedā nirayaṃ vajanti’’.

208.

‘‘Ye kecime suggatimāsamānā [suggatimāsasānā (sī. pī.), suggatāsisamānā (ka.)], dhamme ṭhitā saṃyame saṃvibhāge;

Idheva nikkhippa sarīradehaṃ, kāyassa bhedā sugatiṃ vajanti’’.

209.

‘‘Tvaṃ ¶ nosi ñāti purimāsu jātisu, so maccharī rosako [kosiyo (syā. ka.)] pāpadhammo;

Taveva atthāya idhāgatamhā, mā pāpadhammo nirayaṃ gamittha’’ [apattha (ka. sī. syā. pī.)].

210.

‘‘Addhā ¶ hi maṃ vo hitakāmā, yaṃ maṃ samanusāsatha;

Sohaṃ tathā karissāmi, sabbaṃ vuttaṃ hitesibhi.

211.

‘‘Esāhamajjeva upāramāmi, na cāpihaṃ [na cāpahaṃ (sī. pī.)] kiñci kareyya pāpaṃ;

Na cāpi me kiñci adeyyamatthi, na cāpidatvā udakaṃ pivāmi [udakampahaṃ pibe (sī.)].

212.

‘‘Evañca me dadato sabbakālaṃ [sabbakāle (ka.)], bhogā ime vāsava khīyissanti;

Tato ahaṃ pabbajissāmi sakka, hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni’’.

213.

‘‘Naguttame girivare gandhamādane, modanti ¶ tā devavarābhipālitā;

Athāgamā isivaro sabbalokagū, supupphitaṃ dumavarasākhamādiya.

214.

‘‘Suciṃ sugandhaṃ tidasehi sakkataṃ, pupphuttamaṃ amaravarehi sevitaṃ;

Aladdha maccehi va dānavehi vā, aññatra devehi tadārahaṃ hidaṃ [hitaṃ (syā.)].

215.

‘‘Tato catasso kanakattacūpamā, uṭṭhāya nāriyo pamadādhipā muniṃ;

Āsā ca saddhā ca sirī tato hirī, iccabravuṃ nāradadeva brāhmaṇaṃ.

216.

‘‘Sace ¶ anuddiṭṭhaṃ tayā mahāmuni, pupphaṃ imaṃ pārichattassa brahme;

Dadāhi no sabbā gati te ijjhatu, tuvampi no hohi yatheva vāsavo.

217.

‘‘Taṃ yācamānābhisamekkha nārado, iccabravī saṃkalahaṃ udīrayi;

Na mayhamatthatthi imehi koci naṃ, yāyeva vo seyyasi sā piḷandhatha’’ [piḷayhatha (sī. pī.)].

218.

‘‘Tvaṃ nottamevābhisamekkha nārada, yassicchasi ¶ tassā anuppavecchasu;

Yassā hi no nārada tvaṃ padassasi, sāyeva no hehiti seṭṭhasammatā’’.

219.

‘‘Akallametaṃ vacanaṃ sugatte, ko brāhmaṇo saṃkalahaṃ udīraye;

Gantvāna bhūtādhipameva pucchatha, sace na jānātha idhuttamādhamaṃ’’.

220.

‘‘Tā nāradena paramappakopitā, udīritā vaṇṇamadena mattā;

Sakāse [sakāsaṃ (ka.)] gantvāna sahassacakkhuno, pucchiṃsu bhūtādhipaṃ kā nu seyyasi’’.

221.

‘‘Tā disvā āyattamanā purindado, iccabravī devavaro katañjalī;

Sabbāva vo hotha sugatte sādisī, ko neva bhadde kalahaṃ udīrayi’’.

222.

‘‘Yo ¶ sabbalokaccarito [sabbalokaṃ carako (sī. syā. pī.)] mahāmuni, dhamme ṭhito nārado [nārada (syā.)] saccanikkamo;

So nobravi [bravī (sī. syā. pī.)] girivare gandhamādane, gantvāna bhūtādhipameva pucchatha;

Sace na jānātha idhuttamādhamaṃ’’.

223.

‘‘Asu ¶ [asū (syā.)] brahāraññacaro mahāmuni, nādatvā bhattaṃ varagatte bhuñjati;

Viceyya dānāni dadāti kosiyo, yassā hi so dassati sāva seyyasi’’.

224.

‘‘Asū ¶ hi yo sammati dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ, gaṅgāya tīre himavantapassani [himavantapasmani (sī. pī. ka.)];

Sa kosiyo dullabhapānabhojano, tassa sudhaṃ pāpaya devasārathi’’.

225.

‘‘Sa [so (syā.)] mātalī devavarena pesito, sahassayuttaṃ abhiruyha sandanaṃ;

Sukhippameva [sa khippameva (sī. pī.)] upagamma assamaṃ, adissamāno munino sudhaṃ adā’’.

226.

‘‘Udaggihuttaṃ upatiṭṭhato hi me, pabhaṅkaraṃ lokatamonuduttamaṃ;

Sabbāni bhūtāni adhicca [aticca (sī. pī.)] vāsavo, ko neva me pāṇisu kiṃ sudhodahi.

227.

‘‘Saṅkhūpamaṃ setamatulyadassanaṃ, suciṃ sugandhaṃ piyarūpamabbhutaṃ;

Adiṭṭhapubbaṃ mama jātu cakkhubhi [jātacakkhuhi (sī. pī.)], kā devatā pāṇisu kiṃ sudhodahi’’.

228.

‘‘Ahaṃ ¶ ¶ mahindena mahesi pesito, sudhābhihāsiṃ turito mahāmuni;

Jānāsi maṃ mātali devasārathi, bhuñjassu bhattuttama mābhivārayi [mā vicārayi (sī. pī.)].

229.

‘‘Bhuttā ca sā dvādasa hanti pāpake, khudaṃ pipāsaṃ aratiṃ daraklamaṃ [darathaṃ kilaṃ (syā.), darathakkhamaṃ (ka.)];

Kodhūpanāhañca vivādapesuṇaṃ, sītuṇhatandiñca rasuttamaṃ idaṃ’’.

230.

‘‘Na kappatī mātali mayha bhuñjituṃ, pubbe adatvā iti me vatuttamaṃ;

Na cāpi ekāsnamarīyapūjitaṃ [ekāsanaṃ ariyapūjitaṃ (sī. pī.)], asaṃvibhāgī ca sukhaṃ na vindati’’.

231.

‘‘Thīghātakā ye cime pāradārikā, mittadduno ye ca sapanti subbate;

Sabbe ca te maccharipañcamādhamā, tasmā adatvā udakampi nāsniye [nāsmiye (sī. pī.)].

232.

‘‘So hitthiyā vā purisassa vā pana, dassāmi dānaṃ vidusampavaṇṇitaṃ;

Saddhā vadaññū idha vītamaccharā, bhavanti ¶ hete sucisaccasammatā’’ [sammasammatā (sī.)].

233.

‘‘Ato matā [mutā (sī. pī.)] devavarena pesitā, kaññā catasso kanakattacūpamā;

Āsā ca saddhā ca sirī tato hirī [sirī hirī tato (pī.)], taṃ assamaṃ āgamu [āgamuṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] yattha kosiyo.

234.

‘‘Tā ¶ disvā sabbo paramappamodito [sabbā paramappamoditā (syā.)], subhena vaṇṇena sikhārivaggino;

Kaññā catasso caturo catuddisā, iccabravī mātalino ca sammukhā.

235.

‘‘Purimaṃ disaṃ kā tvaṃ pabhāsi devate, alaṅkatā tāravarāva osadhī;

Pucchāmi taṃ kañcanavelliviggahe, ācikkha me tvaṃ katamāsi devatā.

236.

‘‘Sirāha devīmanujebhi [manujesu (sī. syā. pī.)] pūjitā, apāpasattūpanisevinī sadā;

Sudhāvivādena tavantimāgatā, taṃ ¶ maṃ sudhāya varapañña bhājaya.

237.

‘‘Yassāhamicchāmi sudhaṃ [sukhaṃ (pī.)] mahāmuni, so [sa (sī. pī.)] sabbakāmehi naro pamodati;

Sirīti maṃ jānahi jūhatuttama, taṃ maṃ sudhāya varapañña bhājaya’’.

238.

‘‘Sippena vijjācaraṇena buddhiyā, narā upetā paguṇā sakammunā [sakammanā (sī. pī.)];

Tayā vihīnā na labhanti kiñcanaṃ [kiñcinaṃ (ka.)], tayidaṃ na sādhu yadidaṃ tayā kataṃ.

239.

‘‘Passāmi ¶ posaṃ alasaṃ mahagghasaṃ, sudukkulīnampi arūpimaṃ naraṃ;

Tayānugutto siri jātimāmapi [jātimaṃ api (sī.)], peseti dāsaṃ viya bhogavā sukhī.

240.

‘‘Taṃ taṃ asaccaṃ avibhajjaseviniṃ, jānāmi mūḷhaṃ vidurānupātiniṃ;

Na tādisī arahati āsanūdakaṃ, kuto sudhā gaccha na mayha ruccasi’’.

241.

‘‘Kā ¶ sukkadāṭhā paṭimukkakuṇḍalā, cittaṅgadā kambuvimaṭṭhadhārinī;

Osittavaṇṇaṃ paridayha sobhasi, kusaggirattaṃ apiḷayha mañjariṃ.

242.

‘‘Migīva bhantā saracāpadhārinā, virādhitā mandamiva udikkhasi;

Ko te dutīyo idha mandalocane, na ¶ bhāyasi ekikā kānane vane’’.

243.

‘‘Na me dutīyo idha matthi kosiya, masakkasārappabhavamhi devatā;

Āsā sudhāsāya tavantimāgatā, taṃ maṃ sudhāya varapañña bhājaya’’.

244.

‘‘Āsāya yanti vāṇijā dhanesino, nāvaṃ samāruyha parenti aṇṇave;

Te tattha sīdanti athopi ekadā, jīnādhanā enti vinaṭṭhapābhatā.

245.

‘‘Āsāya khettāni kasanti kassakā, vapanti bījāni karontupāyaso;

Ītīnipātena avuṭṭhitāya [avuṭṭhikāya (sī. pī.)] vā, na kiñci vindanti tato phalāgamaṃ.

246.

‘‘Athattakārāni karonti bhattusu, āsaṃ purakkhatvā narā sukhesino;

Te bhatturatthā atigāḷhitā puna, disā panassanti aladdha kiñcanaṃ.

247.

‘‘Hitvāna [jahitva (sī. syā. pī.)] dhaññañca dhanañca ñātake, āsāya saggādhimanā sukhesino;

Tapanti ¶ lūkhampi tapaṃ cirantaraṃ, kumaggamāruyha [kummaggamāruyha (sī. syā. pī.)] parenti duggatiṃ.

248.

‘‘Āsā ¶ visaṃvādikasammatā ime, āse sudhāsaṃ [sudhāya (syā pī. ka.)] vinayassu attani;

Na tādisī arahati āsanūdakaṃ, kuto sudhā gaccha na mayha ruccasi’’.

249.

‘‘Daddallamānā yasasā yasassinī, jighaññanāmavhayanaṃ disaṃ pati;

Pucchāmi taṃ kañcanavelliviggahe, ācikkha me tvaṃ katamāsi devatā’’.

250.

‘‘Saddhāha devīmanujehi [devīmanujesu (sī. syā. pī.)] pūjitā, apāpasattūpanisevinī sadā;

Sudhāvivādena tavantimāgatā, taṃ maṃ sudhāya varapañña bhājaya’’.

251.

‘‘Dānaṃ damaṃ cāgamathopi saṃyamaṃ, ādāya saddhāya karonti hekadā;

Theyyaṃ musā kūṭamathopi pesuṇaṃ, karonti heke puna viccutā tayā.

252.

‘‘Bhariyāsu poso sadisīsu pekkhavā [pekhavā (pī.)], sīlūpapannāsu patibbatāsupi;

Vinetvāna ¶ [vinetvā (sī. syā. pī.)] chandaṃ kulitthiyāsupi [kuladhītiyāsupi (sī. pī.)], karoti saddhaṃ puna [pana (sī. pī.)] kumbhadāsiyā.

253.

‘‘Tvameva saddhe paradārasevinī, pāpaṃ karosi kusalampi riñcasi;

Na tādisī arahati āsanūdakaṃ, kuto sudhā gaccha na mayha ruccasi’’.

254.

‘‘Jighaññarattiṃ ¶ aruṇasmimūhate, yā dissati uttamarūpavaṇṇinī;

Tathūpamā maṃ paṭibhāsi devate, ācikkha me tvaṃ katamāsi accharā.

255.

‘‘Kālā ¶ nidāgheriva aggijāriva [aggajātiva (sī.), aggijātiva (pī.)], anileritā lohitapattamālinī;

Kā tiṭṭhasi mandamigāvalokayaṃ [mandamivāvalokayaṃ (sī. pī.)], bhāsesamānāva giraṃ na muñcasi’’.

256.

‘‘Hirāha devīmanujehi pūjitā, apāpasattūpanisevinī sadā;

Sudhāvivādena tavantimāgatā, sāhaṃ na sakkomi sudhampi yācituṃ;

Kopīnarūpā viya yācanitthiyā’’.

257.

‘‘Dhammena ñāyena sugatte lacchasi, eso ¶ hi dhammo na hi yācanā sudhā;

Taṃ taṃ ayācantimahaṃ nimantaye, sudhāya yañcicchasi tampi dammi te.

258.

‘‘Sā tvaṃ mayā ajja sakamhi assame, nimantitā kañcanavelliviggahe;

Tuvañhi me sabbarasehi pūjiyā, taṃ pūjayitvāna sudhampi asniye’’.

259.

‘‘Sā kosiyenānumatā jutīmatā, addhā hiri rammaṃ pāvisi yassamaṃ;

Udakavantaṃ [udaññavantaṃ (sī. pī.)] phalamariyapūjitaṃ, apāpasattūpanisevitaṃ sadā.

260.

‘‘Rukkhaggahānā bahukettha pupphitā, ambā piyālā panasā ca kiṃsukā;

Sobhañjanā loddamathopi padmakā, kekā ca bhaṅgā tilakā supupphitā.

261.

‘‘Sālā ¶ karerī bahukettha jambuyo, assatthanigrodhamadhukavetasā [vedisā (ka.)];

Uddālakā pāṭali sinduvārakā [sinduvāritā (bahūsu)], manuññagandhā mucalindaketakā.

262.

‘‘Hareṇukā veḷukā keṇu [veṇu (sī. pī.)] tindukā, sāmākanīvāramathopi ¶ cīnakā;

Mocā kadalī bahukettha sāliyo, pavīhayo ābhūjino ca [ābhujinopi (sī. syā.)] taṇḍulā.

263.

‘‘Tassevuttarapassena [tassa ca uttare passe (sī. pī.), tassa ca uttarapassena (syā.)], jātā pokkharaṇī sivā;

Akakkasā apabbhārā, sādhu appaṭigandhikā.

264.

‘‘Tattha macchā sanniratā, khemino bahubhojanā;

Siṅgū savaṅkā saṃkulā [sakulā (sī. syā. pī.)], satavaṅkā ca rohitā;

Āḷigaggarakākiṇṇā, pāṭhīnā kākamacchakā.

265.

‘‘Tattha pakkhī sanniratā, khemino bahubhojanā;

Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, cakkavākā ca kukkuhā;

Kuṇālakā bahū citrā, sikhaṇḍī jīvajīvakā.

266.

‘‘Tattha pānāya māyanti, nānā migagaṇā bahū;

Sīhā byagghā varāhā ca, acchakokataracchayo.

267.

‘‘Palāsādā ¶ gavajā ca, mahiṃsā [mahisā (sī. syā. pī.)] rohitā rurū;

Eṇeyyā ca varāhā ca, gaṇino nīkasūkarā;

Kadalimigā bahukettha, biḷārā sasakaṇṇikā [sasakaṇṇakā (sī.)].

268.

‘‘Chamāgirī pupphavicitrasanthatā, dijābhighuṭṭhā dijasaṅghasevitā’’.

269.

‘‘Sā ¶ suttacā nīladumābhilambitā, vijju mahāmegharivānupajjatha;

Tassā ¶ susambandhasiraṃ kusāmayaṃ, suciṃ sugandhaṃ ajinūpasevitaṃ;

Atricca [atriccha (sī. syā. pī.)] kocchaṃ hirimetadabravi, ‘nisīda kalyāṇi sukhayidamāsanaṃ’.

270.

‘‘Tassā tadā kocchagatāya kosiyo, yadicchamānāya jaṭājinandharo [jaṭājutindharo (syā. ka.)];

Navehi pattehi sayaṃ sahūdakaṃ, sudhābhihāsī turito mahāmuni.

271.

‘‘Sā taṃ paṭiggayha ubhohi pāṇibhi, iccabravi attamanā jaṭādharaṃ;

‘Handāhaṃ etarahi pūjitā tayā, gaccheyyaṃ brahme tidivaṃ jitāvinī’.

272.

‘‘Sā kosiyenānumatā jutīmatā, udīritā [udirayi (ka.)] vaṇṇamadena mattā;

Sakāse gantvāna sahassacakkhuno, ayaṃ sudhā vāsava dehi me jayaṃ.

273.

‘‘Tamena [tamenaṃ (syā. ka.)] sakkopi tadā apūjayi, sahindadevā [sahindā ca devā (sī. pī.)] surakaññamuttamaṃ;

Sā pañjalī devamanussapūjitā, navamhi kocchamhi yadā upāvisi’’.

274.

‘‘Tameva ¶ saṃsī [tameva asaṃsī (syā.)] punadeva mātaliṃ, sahassanetto tidasānamindo;

Gantvāna vākyaṃ mama brūhi kosiyaṃ, āsāya saddhā [saddha (pī.)] siriyā ca kosiya;

Hirī sudhaṃ kena malattha hetunā.

275.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ su vatthaṃ udatārayī rathaṃ, daddallamānaṃ upakāriyasādisaṃ [upakiriyasādisaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)].

Jambonadīsaṃ tapaneyyasannibhaṃ [santikaṃ (sī.pī.)], alaṅkataṃ kañcanacittasannibhaṃ.

276.

‘‘Suvaṇṇacandettha bahū nipātitā, hatthī gavassā kikibyagghadīpiyo [kimpurisabyagghadīpiyo (ka.)];

Eṇeyyakā laṅghamayettha pakkhino [pakkhiyo (sī. pī.)], migettha veḷuriyamayā yudhā yutā.

277.

‘‘Tatthassarājaharayo ayojayuṃ, dasasatāni susunāgasādise;

Alaṅkate kañcanajāluracchade, āveḷine saddagame asaṅgite.

278.

‘‘Taṃ yānaseṭṭhaṃ abhiruyha mātali, disā imāyo [dasa disā imā (sī. syā. pī.)] abhinādayittha;

Nabhañca selañca vanappatiniñca [vanaspatīni ca (sī. pī.), vanappatiñca (syā. ka.)], sasāgaraṃ ¶ pabyadhayittha [pabyāthayittha (sī. pī.)] mediniṃ.

279.

‘‘Sa khippameva upagamma assamaṃ, pāvāramekaṃsakato katañjalī;

Bahussutaṃ vuddhaṃ vinītavantaṃ, iccabravī mātali devabrāhmaṇaṃ.

280.

‘‘Indassa vākyaṃ nisāmehi kosiya, dūto ahaṃ pucchati taṃ purindado;

Āsāya saddhā siriyā ca kosiya, hirī sudhaṃ kena malattha hetunā’’.

281.

‘‘Andhā ¶ ¶ sirī maṃ paṭibhāti mātali, saddhā aniccā pana devasārathi;

Āsā visaṃvādikasammatā hi me, hirī ca ariyamhi guṇe patiṭṭhitā’’.

282.

‘‘Kumāriyo yācimā gottarakkhitā, jiṇṇā ca yā yā ca sabhattuitthiyo;

Tā chandarāgaṃ purisesu uggataṃ, hiriyā nivārenti sacittamattano.

283.

‘‘Saṅgāmasīse sarasattisaṃyute, parājitānaṃ patataṃ palāyinaṃ;

Hiriyā nivattanti jahitva [jahitvāna (syā. ka.)] jīvitaṃ, te ¶ sampaṭicchanti punā hirīmanā.

284.

‘‘Velā yathā sāgaravegavārinī, hirāya hi pāpajanaṃ nivārinī;

Taṃ sabbaloke hirimariyapūjitaṃ, indassa taṃ vedaya devasārathi’’.

285.

‘‘Ko te imaṃ kosiya diṭṭhimodahi, brahmā mahindo atha vā pajāpati;

Hirāya devesu hi seṭṭhasammatā, dhītā mahindassa mahesi jāyatha’’.

286.

‘‘Handehi dāni tidivaṃ apakkama [samakkama (sī. pī.)], rathaṃ samāruyha mamāyitaṃ imaṃ [idaṃ (syā. ka.)];

Indo ca taṃ indasagotta kaṅkhati, ajjeva tvaṃ indasahabyataṃ vaja’’.

287.

‘‘Evaṃ visujjhanti [samijjhanti (sī. pī.)] apāpakammino, atho suciṇṇassa phalaṃ na nassati;

Ye keci maddakkhu sudhāya bhojanaṃ, sabbeva te indasahabyataṃ gatā’’.

288.

‘‘Hirī ¶ uppalavaṇṇāsi, kosiyo dānapati bhikkhu;

Anuruddho pañcasikho, ānando āsi mātali.

289.

‘‘Sūriyo kassapo bhikkhu, moggallānosi candimā;

Nārado ¶ sāriputtosi, sambuddho āsi vāsavo’’ti.

Sudhābhojanajātakaṃ tatiyaṃ.

536. Kuṇālajātakaṃ (4)

Evamakkhāyati, evamanusūyati [suyyati (ka.)]. Sabbosadhadharaṇidhare nekapupphamālyavitate gaja-gavaja mahiṃsa-ruru-camara-pasada-khagga-gokaṇṇa-sīha-byaggha-dīpi-accha-koka-taraccha-uddāra-kadalimiga- biḷāra-sasa-kaṇṇikānucariteākiṇṇanelamaṇḍalamahāvarāhanāgakulakareṇu [kaṇeru (sī. pī.)] -saṅghādhivuṭṭhe [vutthe (sī. pī.)] issamiga- sākhamiga-sarabhamiga-eṇīmiga-vātamiga-pasadamiga-purisālu [purisallu (sī. pī.)] -kimpurisa-yakkha-rakkhasanisevite amajjavamañjarīdhara-pahaṭṭha [brahaṭṭha (sī. pī.)] -pupphaphusitaggā [pupphitagga (sī. pī.)] nekapādapagaṇavitatekurara-cakora-vāraṇa-mayūra-parabhata- jīvañjīvaka-celāvakā-bhiṅkāra-karavīkamattavihaṅgagaṇa-satata [vihaṅgasata (sī. pī.)] sampaghuṭṭheañjana-manosilā-haritāla- hiṅgulakahema-rajatakanakānekadhātusatavinaddhapaṭimaṇḍitappadese ¶ evarūpe khalu, bho, ramme vanasaṇḍe kuṇālo nāma sakuṇo paṭivasati ativiya citto ativiya cittapattacchadano.

Tasseva khalu, bho, kuṇālassa sakuṇassa aḍḍhuḍḍhāni itthisahassāni paricārikā dijakaññāyo. Atha khalu, bho, dve dijakaññāyo kaṭṭhaṃ mukhena ḍaṃsitvā [ḍasitvā (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] taṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ majjhe nisīdāpetvā uḍḍenti [ḍenti (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] – ‘‘mā naṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ addhānapariyāyapathe kilamatho ubbāhetthā’’ti [ubbāhethāti (syā. ka.)].

Pañcasatā [pañcasata (pī.)] dijakaññāyo heṭṭhato heṭṭhato uḍḍenti – [ḍenti (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] ‘‘sacāyaṃ kuṇālo ¶ sakuṇo āsanā paripatissati, mayaṃ taṃ pakkhehi paṭiggahessāmāti.

Pañcasatā dijakaññāyo uparūpari uḍḍenti – [ḍenti (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] ‘‘mā naṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ ātapo paritāpesī’’ti [parikāpīti (sī. pī.)].

Pañcasatā ¶ pañcasatā [sī. pī. potthakesu ‘‘pañcasatā’’ti sakideva āgataṃ] dijakaññāyo ubhatopassena uḍḍenti – [ḍenti (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] ‘‘mā naṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā vāto vā ussāvo vā upapphusī’’ti.

Pañcasatā dijakaññāyo purato purato uḍḍenti – ‘‘mā naṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ gopālakā vā pasupālakā vā tiṇahārakā vā kaṭṭhahārakā vā vanakammikā vā kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalena vā [kathalāya vā (ka.)] pāṇinā vā ( ) [(pāsāṇena vā) (syā.)] leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā sakkharāhi vā [sakkharāya vā (sī.)] pahāraṃ adaṃsu. Māyaṃ kuṇālo sakuṇo gacchehi vā latāhi vā rukkhehi vā sākhāhi vā [idaṃ padadvayaṃ sī. pī. potthakesu natthi] thambhehi vā pāsāṇehi vā balavantehi vā pakkhīhi saṅgamesī’’ti [saṅgāmesīti (sī. pī.)].

Pañcasatā dijakaññāyo pacchato pacchato uḍḍenti saṇhāhi sakhilāhi mañjūhi madhurāhi vācāhi samudācarantiyo – ‘‘māyaṃ kuṇālo sakuṇo āsane pariyukkaṇṭhī’’ti.

Pañcasatā dijakaññāyo disodisaṃ uḍḍenti anekarukkhavividhavikatiphalamāharantiyo – ‘‘māyaṃ kuṇālo sakuṇo khudāya parikilamitthā’’ti.

Atha khalu, bho, tā [natthi sī. pī. potthakesu] dijakaññāyo taṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ ārāmeneva ārāmaṃ uyyāneneva uyyānaṃ ¶ nadītittheneva nadītitthaṃ pabbatasikhareneva pabbatasikharaṃ ambavaneneva ambavanaṃ jambuvaneneva jambuvanaṃ labujavaneneva labujavanaṃ nāḷikerasañcāriyeneva [sañjādiyeneva (pī.)] nāḷikerasañcāriyaṃ khippameva abhisambhonti ¶ ratitthāya [ratatthāya (sī. pī.)].

Atha khalu, bho, kuṇālo sakuṇo tāhi dijakaññāhi divasaṃ paribyūḷho evaṃ apasādeti – ‘‘nassatha tumhe vasaliyo, vinassatha tumhe vasaliyo, coriyo dhuttiyo asatiyo lahucittāyo katassa appaṭikārikāyo anilo viya yenakāmaṃgamāyo’’ti.

Tasseva khalu, bho, himavato pabbatarājassa puratthimadisābhāge susukhumasunipuṇagirippabhava [ppabhavā (sī. pī.)] – haritupayantiyo.

Uppala ¶ paduma kumuda naḷina satapatta sogandhika mandālaka [mandālava (sī. pī.), mandārava (ka.)] sampativirūḷhasucigandha manuññamāvakappadese [pāvakappadese (sī. pī.)].

Kuravaka-mucalinda-ketaka-vedisa-vañjula [vetasamañjula (sī.)] -punnāgabakula-tilaka-piyaka-hasanasāla-saḷalacampaka asoka-nāgarukkha-tirīṭi-bhujapatta-lodda-candanoghavanekāḷāgaru-padmaka-piyaṅgu-devadārukacocagahane kakudhakuṭajaaṅkola-kaccikāra [kacchikāra (ka.)] -kaṇikāra-kaṇṇikāra-kanavera-koraṇḍaka-koviḷāra-kiṃsuka-yodhika vanamallika [navamallika (sī. pī.)] -manaṅgaṇa-manavajja-bhaṇḍi-surucira-bhaginimālāmalyadhare jātisumanamadhugandhika- [madhukabandhuka (ka.)] dhanutakkāri [dhanukāri (sī.), dhanukārika (pī.)] tālīsa-tagaramusīrakoṭṭha-kacchavitate atimuttakasaṃkusumitalatāvitatapaṭimaṇḍitappadese haṃsa-pilava-kādamba-kāraṇḍavābhinadite vijjādhara-siddha [sindhava (sī. pī.)] -samaṇa-tāpasagaṇādhivuṭṭhe varadeva-yakkha-rakkhasa-dānava-gandhabba-kinnaramahoragānuciṇṇappadese evarūpe khalu, bho, ramme vanasaṇḍe puṇṇamukho nāma phussakokilo paṭivasati ativiya madhuragiro vilāsitanayano mattakkho [savilāsitanayanamattakkho (ka.)].

Tasseva khalu, bho, puṇṇamukhassa phussakokilassa aḍḍhuḍḍhāni itthisatāni paricārikā dijakaññāyo. Atha khalu, bho, dve dijakaññāyo kaṭṭhaṃ mukhena ḍaṃsitvā taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ majjhe nisīdāpetvā uḍḍenti ¶ – ‘‘mā naṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ addhānapariyāyapathe kilamatho ubbāhetthā’’ti.

Paññāsa ¶ dijakaññāyo heṭṭhato heṭṭhato uḍḍenti – ‘‘sacāyaṃ puṇṇamukho phussakokilo āsanā paripatissati, mayaṃ taṃ pakkhehi paṭiggahessāmā’’ti.

Paññāsa dijakaññāyo uparūpari uḍḍenti – ‘‘mā naṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ ātapo paritāpesī’’ti.

Paññāsa paññāsa dijakaññāyo ubhatopassena uḍḍenti – ‘‘mā naṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā vāto vā ussāvo vā upapphusī’’ti.

Paññāsa ¶ dijakaññāyo purato purato uḍḍenti – ‘‘mā naṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ gopālakā vā pasupālakā vā tiṇahārakā vā kaṭṭhahārakā vā vanakammikā vā kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā sakkharāhi vā pahāraṃ adaṃsu. Māyaṃ puṇṇamukho phussakokilo gacchehi vā latāhi vā rukkhehi vā sākhāhi vā thambhehi vā pāsāṇehi vā balavantehi vā pakkhīhi saṅgāmesī’’ti.

Paññāsa dijakaññāyo pacchato pacchato uḍḍenti saṇhāhi sakhilāhi mañjūhi madhurāhi vācāhi samudācarantiyo – ‘‘māyaṃ puṇṇamukho phussakokilo āsane pariyukkaṇṭhī’’ti.

Paññāsa dijakaññāyo disodisaṃ uḍḍenti anekarukkhavividhavikatiphalamāharantiyo – ‘‘māyaṃ puṇṇamukho phussakokilo khudāya parikilamitthā’’ti.

Atha khalu, bho, tā dijakaññāyo taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ ¶ ārāmeneva ārāmaṃ uyyāneneva uyyānaṃ nadītittheneva nadītitthaṃ pabbatasikhareneva pabbatasikharaṃ ambavaneneva ambavanaṃ jambuvaneneva jambuvanaṃ labujavaneneva labujavanaṃ nāḷikerasañcāriyeneva nāḷikerasañcāriyaṃ khippameva abhisambhonti ratitthāya.

Atha khalu, bho, puṇṇamukho phussakokilo tāhi dijakaññāhi divasaṃ paribyūḷho evaṃ pasaṃsati – ‘‘sādhu, sādhu, bhaginiyo, etaṃ kho, bhaginiyo, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kuladhītānaṃ, yaṃ tumhe bhattāraṃ paricareyyāthā’’ti.

Atha ¶ khalu, bho, puṇṇamukho phussakokilo yena kuṇālo sakuṇo tenupasaṅkami. Addasaṃsu kho kuṇālassa sakuṇassa paricārikā dijakaññāyo taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna yena puṇṇamukho phussakokilo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, samma puṇṇamukha, kuṇālo sakuṇo ativiya pharuso ativiya pharusavāco, appevanāma tavampi āgamma piyavācaṃ labheyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Appevanāma, bhaginiyo’’ti vatvā yena kuṇālo sakuṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kuṇālena ¶ sakuṇena saddhiṃ paṭisammoditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho puṇṇamukho phussakokilo taṃ kuṇālaṃ sakuṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, samma kuṇāla, itthīnaṃ sujātānaṃ kuladhītānaṃ sammāpaṭipannānaṃ micchāpaṭipanno’si [paṭipanno (sī. pī.)]? Amanāpabhāṇīnampi kira, samma kuṇāla, itthīnaṃ manāpabhāṇinā bhavitabbaṃ, kimaṅga pana manāpabhāṇīna’’nti!

Evaṃ vutte, kuṇālo sakuṇo taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ evaṃ apasādesi – ‘‘nassa tvaṃ, samma jamma vasala, vinassa tvaṃ, samma jamma vasala, ko nu tayā viyatto jāyājinenā’’ti. Evaṃ apasādito ca pana puṇṇamukho phussakokilo tatoyeva [tato heva (sī. pī.)] paṭinivatti.

Atha khalu, bho, puṇṇamukhassa phussakokilassa aparena samayena nacirasseva [acirasseva accayena (ka.)] kharo ābādho uppajji lohitapakkhandikā. Bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā [maraṇantikā (syā.)]. Atha khalu, bho, puṇṇamukhassa phussakokilassa paricārikānaṃ dijakaññānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ābādhiko kho ayaṃ puṇṇamukho phussakokilo, appevanāma imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyā’’ti ekaṃ adutiyaṃ ohāya yena kuṇālo sakuṇo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasā kho kuṇālo sakuṇo tā dijakaññāyo dūratova āgacchantiyo, disvāna tā dijakaññāyo etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ pana tumhaṃ vasaliyo bhattā’’ti? ‘‘Ābādhiko kho, samma kuṇāla, puṇṇamukho phussakokilo appevanāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, kuṇālo sakuṇo tā dijakaññāyo evaṃ apasādesi – ‘‘nassatha tumhe vasaliyo, vinassatha tumhe vasaliyo, coriyo dhuttiyo asatiyo lahucittāyo katassa appaṭikārikāyo anilo viya yenakāmaṃgamāyo’’ti; vatvā yena puṇṇamukho phussakokilo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ ¶ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘haṃ, samma, puṇṇamukhā’’ti. ‘‘Haṃ, samma, kuṇālā’’ti.

Atha khalu, bho kuṇālo sakuṇo taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ phussakokilaṃ pakkhehi ca mukhatuṇḍakena ¶ ca pariggahetvā vuṭṭhāpetvā nānābhesajjāni pāyāpesi. Atha khalu, bho, puṇṇamukhassa phussakokilassa so ābādho paṭippassambhīti. Atha khalu, bho, kuṇālo sakuṇo taṃ puṇṇamukhaṃ ¶ phussakokilaṃ gilānavuṭṭhitaṃ [gilānāvuṭṭhitaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] aciravuṭṭhitaṃ gelaññā etadavoca –

‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā, samma puṇṇamukha, kaṇhā dvepitikā pañcapatikāya chaṭṭhe purise cittaṃ paṭibandhantiyā, yadidaṃ kabandhe [kavandhe (sī. pī.)] pīṭhasappimhīti. Bhavati ca panuttarettha [punuttacettha (ka.) evamuparipi] vākyaṃ –

290.

‘‘Athajjuno nakulo bhīmaseno [bhimmaseno (sī. syā. pī.)], yudhiṭṭhilo sahadevo [sīhadevo (ka.)] ca rājā;

Ete patī pañca matticca nārī, akāsi khujjavāmanakena [khujjavāmanena (pī.)] pāpa’’nti.

‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā, samma puṇṇamukha, saccatapāpī [saccatapāvī (sī. pī.), pañcatapāvī (syā.)] nāma samaṇī susānamajjhe vasantī catutthabhattaṃ pariṇāmayamānā surādhuttakena [tulāputtakena (sī. pī.), sā surādhuttakena (ka.)] pāpamakāsi.

‘‘Diṭṭhā mayā, samma puṇṇamukha, kākavatī [kākātī (sī.), kākāti (pī.)] nāma devī samuddamajjhe vasantī bhariyā venateyyassa naṭakuverena pāpamakāsi.

Diṭṭhā mayā, samma puṇṇamukha, kuruṅgadevī [kuraṅgavī (sī. pī.)] nāma lomasuddarī [lomasundarī (sī. syā. pī.)] eḷikakumāraṃ [eḷamārakaṃ (sī.), eḷakakumāraṃ (syā.), eḷakamāraṃ (pī.)] kāmayamānā chaḷaṅgakumāradhanantevāsinā pāpamakāsi.

Evañhetaṃ ¶ mayā ñātaṃ, brahmadattassa mātaraṃ [mātukā (syā.)] ohāya kosalarājaṃ pañcālacaṇḍena pāpamakāsi.

291.

‘‘Etā ca aññā ca akaṃsu pāpaṃ, tasmāhamitthīnaṃ na vissase nappasaṃse;

Mahī yathā jagati samānarattā, vasundharā itarītarāpatiṭṭhā [itarītarānaṃ patiṭṭhā (syā.), ittarītarappatiṭṭhā (?)];

Sabbasahā aphandanā akuppā, tathitthiyo tāyo na vissase naro.

292.

‘‘Sīho ¶ yathā lohitamaṃsabhojano, vāḷamigo pañcāvudho [pañcahattho (sī. pī.)] suruddho;

Pasayhakhādī parahiṃsane rato, tathitthiyo tāyo na vissase naro.

‘‘Na khalu [na khalu bho (syā. ka.)], samma puṇṇamukha, vesiyo nāriyo gamaniyo, na hetā bandhakiyo nāma, vadhikāyo nāma etāyo, yadidaṃ vesiyo nāriyo gamaniyo’’ti.

‘‘Coro ¶ [corā (sī. syā. pī.)] viya veṇikatā, madirāva [madirā viya (sī. syā.), madiriva (pī.)] diddhā [diṭṭhā (ka.), visaduṭṭhā (syā.)] vāṇijo [vāṇijā (pī.)] viya vācāsanthutiyo, issasiṅghamiva viparivattāyo [parivattāyo (pī.), viparivattāro (ka.)], uragāmiva dujivhāyo, sobbhamiva paṭicchannā, pātālamiva duppūrā rakkhasī viya duttosā, yamovekantahāriyo, sikhīriva sabbabhakkhā, nadīriva sabbavāhī, anilo viya yenakāmaṃcarā, neru viya avisesakarā, visarukkho viya niccaphalitāyo’’ti. Bhavati ca panuttarettha vākyaṃ –

293.

‘‘Yathā ¶ coro yathā diddho, vāṇijova vikatthanī;

Issasiṅghamiva parivattā [mivāvaṭṭo (sī.), mivāvattā (pī.)], dujivhā [dujjivha (pī.)] urago viya.

294.

‘‘Sobbhamiva paṭicchannā, pātālamiva duppurā;

Rakkhasī viya duttosā, yamovekantahāriyo.

295.

[yathā sikhī nadīvāho, anilo kāmacāravā;§nerūva avisesā ca, visarukkho viya niccaphalā;§nāsayanti ghare bhogaṃ, ratanānantakaritthi yoti; (sī. syā.)]

‘‘Yathā sikhī nadī vāto, nerunāva samāgatā.

Visarukkho viya niccaphalā, nāsayanti ghare bhogaṃ;

Ratanantakaritthiyo’’ti [yathā sikhī nadīvāho, anilo kāmacāravā;§nerūva avisesā ca, visarukkho viya niccaphalā;§nāsayanti ghare bhogaṃ, ratanānantakaritthi yoti; (sī. syā.)].

‘‘Cattārimāni, samma puṇṇamukha, yāni (vatthūni kicce jāte anatthacarāni bhavanti; tāni) [( ) sī. syā. potthakesu na dissati] parakule na vāsetabbāni – goṇaṃ dhenuṃ yānaṃ bhariyā. Cattāri etāni paṇḍito dhanāni [yāni (sī. syā. pī.)] gharā na vippavāsaye.

296.

‘Goṇaṃ ¶ dhenuñca yānañca, bhariyaṃ ñātikule na vāsaye;

Bhañjanti rathaṃ ayānakā, ativāhena hananti puṅgavaṃ;

Dohena hananti vacchakaṃ, bhariyā ñātikule padussatī’’’ti.

‘‘Cha imāni, samma puṇṇamukha, yāni (vatthūni) [( ) sī. pī. potthakesu nu dissati] kicce jāte anatthacarāni bhavanti –

297.

‘Aguṇaṃ dhanu ñātikule ca bhariyā, pāraṃ nāvā akkhabhaggañca yānaṃ;

Dūre ¶ mitto pāpasahāyako ca, kicce jāte anatthacarāni bhava’’’nti.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, ṭhānehi itthī sāmikaṃ avajānāti. Daliddatā, āturatā, jiṇṇatā, surāsoṇḍatā, muddhatā, pamattatā, sabbakiccesu anuvattanatā, sabbadhanaanuppadānena ¶ – imehi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, aṭṭhahi ṭhānehi itthī sāmikaṃ avajānāti. Bhavati ca panuttarettha vākyaṃ –

298.

‘Daliddaṃ āturañcāpi, jiṇṇakaṃ surasoṇḍakaṃ;

Pamattaṃ muddhapattañca, sabbakiccesu [rattaṃ kiccesu (sī. pī.)] hāpanaṃ;

Sabbakāmappadānena [sabbakāmapaṇidhānena (syā)], avajānāti [avajānanti (sī. pī.)] sāmika’’’nti.

‘‘Navahi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, ṭhānehi itthī padosamāharati. Ārāmagamanasīlā ca hoti, uyyānagamanasīlā ca hoti, nadītitthagamanasīlā ca hoti, ñātikulagamanasīlā ca hoti, parakulagamanasīlā ca hoti, ādāsadussamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyuttasīlā ca hoti, majjapāyinī ca hoti, nillokanasīlā ca hoti, sadvāraṭhāyinī [padvāraṭṭhāyinī (sī. syā. pī.)] ca hoti – imehi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, navahi ṭhānehi itthī padosamāharatīti. Bhavati ca panuttarettha vākyaṃ –

299.

‘Ārāmasīlā ca [ārāmasīlā (sī. pī.)] uyyānaṃ, nadī ñāti parakulaṃ;

Ādāsadussamaṇḍanamanuyuttā, yā ¶ citthī majjapāyinī.

300.

‘Yā ¶ ca nillokanasīlā, yā ca sadvāraṭhāyinī;

Navahetehi ṭhānehi, padosamāharanti itthiyo’’’ti.

‘‘Cattālīsāya [cattālīsāyi (pī. ka.)] khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, ṭhānehi itthī purisaṃ accācarati [accāvadati (sī. syā. pī.)]. Vijambhati, vinamati, vilasati, vilajjati, nakhena nakhaṃ ghaṭṭeti, pādena pādaṃ akkamati, kaṭṭhena pathaviṃ vilikhati [likhati (sī. pī.)], dārakaṃ ullaṅghati ullaṅghāpeti [dārakaṃ ullaṅgheti olaṅgheti (sī. pī.)], kīḷati kīḷāpeti, cumbati cumbāpeti, bhuñjati bhuñjāpeti, dadāti, yācati, katamanukaroti, uccaṃ bhāsati, nīcaṃ bhāsati, aviccaṃ bhāsati, viviccaṃ bhāsati, naccena gītena vāditena rodanena [roditena (sī. pī.)] vilasitena vibhūsitena jagghati, pekkhati, kaṭiṃ cāleti, guyhabhaṇḍakaṃ sañcāleti, ūruṃ vivarati, ūruṃ pidahati, thanaṃ dasseti, kacchaṃ dasseti, nābhiṃ dasseti, akkhiṃ nikhanati, bhamukaṃ ukkhipati, oṭṭhaṃ upalikhati [oṭṭhaṃ palikhati jivhaṃ palikhati (sī. pī.)], jivhaṃ nillāleti, dussaṃ muñcati, dussaṃ paṭibandhati, sirasaṃ muñcati, sirasaṃ bandhati – imehi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, cattālīsāya ṭhānehi itthī purisaṃ accācarati.

‘‘Pañcavīsāya [pañcavīsāhi (pī. ka.)] khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, ṭhānehi itthī paduṭṭhā veditabbā bhavati. Sāmikassa pavāsaṃ vaṇṇeti, pavuṭṭhaṃ na ¶ sarati, āgataṃ nābhinandati, avaṇṇaṃ tassa bhaṇati, vaṇṇaṃ ¶ tassa na bhaṇati, anatthaṃ tassa carati, atthaṃ tassa na carati, akiccaṃ tassa karoti, kiccaṃ tassa na karoti, paridahitvā sayati, parammukhī nipajjati, parivattakajātā kho pana hoti kuṅkumiyajātā, dīghaṃ assasati, dukkhaṃ vedayati, uccārapassāvaṃ abhiṇhaṃ gacchati, vilomamācarati, parapurisasaddaṃ sutvā kaṇṇasotaṃ vivaramodahati [vivarati kamodahati (pī.)], nihatabhogā kho pana hoti, paṭivissakehi santhavaṃ karoti, nikkhantapādā kho pana hoti, visikhānucārinī aticārinī kho pana hoti, niccaṃ [natthi sī. syā. pī. potthakesu] sāmike agāravā paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappā, abhiṇhaṃ dvāre tiṭṭhati, kacchāni aṅgāni thanāni dasseti, disodisaṃ gantvā pekkhati – imehi khalu, samma puṇṇamukha, pañcavīsāya [pañcavīsāhi (ka.)] ṭhānehi itthī paduṭṭhā veditabbā bhavati. Bhavati ca panuttarettha vākyaṃ –

301.

‘Pavāsaṃ ¶ tassa vaṇṇeti, gataṃ tassa na socati [pavāsa’massa vaṇṇeti gatiṃ nānusocati (sī. pī.)];

Disvāna patimāgataṃ [disvāpatiṃ āgataṃ (sī. pī.)] nābhinandati;

Bhattāravaṇṇaṃ na kadāci bhāsati, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

302.

‘Anatthaṃ tassa carati asaññatā, atthañca hāpeti akiccakārinī;

Paridahitvā ¶ sayati parammukhī, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

303.

‘Parivattajātā ca [parāvattakajātā ca (sī.)] bhavati kuṅkumī, dīghañca assasati dukkhavedinī;

Uccārapassāvamabhiṇhaṃ gacchati, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

304.

‘‘Vilomamācarati akiccakārinī, saddaṃ nisāmeti parassa bhāsato;

Nihatabhogā ca karoti santhavaṃ, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

305.

‘Kicchena laddhaṃ kasirābhataṃ [kasirenābhataṃ (sī.)] dhanaṃ, vittaṃ vināseti dukkhena sambhataṃ;

Paṭivissakehi ca karoti santhavaṃ, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

306.

‘Nikkhantapādā visikhānucārinī, niccañca sāmimhi [niccaṃ sasāmimhi (pī. ka.)] paduṭṭhamānasā;

Aticārinī hoti apetagāravā [tatheva’gāravā (sī. pī.)], ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

307.

‘Abhikkhaṇaṃ ¶ tiṭṭhati dvāramūle, thanāni kacchāni ca dassayantī;

Disodisaṃ ¶ pekkhati bhantacittā, ete paduṭṭhāya bhavanti lakkhaṇā.

308.

‘Sabbā nadī vaṅkagatī [vaṅkanadī (ka.)], sabbe kaṭṭhamayā vanā;

Sabbitthiyo kare pāpaṃ, labhamāne nivātake.

309.

‘Sace labhetha khaṇaṃ vā raho vā, nivātakaṃ vāpi labhetha tādisaṃ;

Sabbāva itthī kayiruṃ nu [kareyyu no (sī.), kareyyuṃ no (pī.)] pāpaṃ, aññaṃ alattha [aladdhā (syā. pī. ka.)] pīṭhasappināpi saddhiṃ.

310.

‘‘Narānamārāmakarāsu ¶ nārisu, anekacittāsu aniggahāsu ca;

Sabbattha nāpītikarāpi [sabba’ttanā’pītikārāpi (sī. syā.)] ce siyā [siyuṃ (syā.)], na vissase titthasamā hi nāriyo’’ti.

311.

‘Yaṃ ve [yañca (syā. ka.)] disvā kaṇḍarīkinnarānaṃ [kinnarakinnarīnaṃ (syā.), kinnarīkinnarānaṃ (ka.)], sabbitthiyo na ramanti agāre;

Taṃ tādisaṃ maccaṃ cajitvā bhariyā, aññaṃ disvā purisaṃ pīṭhasappiṃ.

312.

‘Bakassa ca bāvarikassa [pāvārikassa (sī.), bāvariyassa (syā.)] rañño, accantakāmānugatassa bhariyā;

Avācarī [accācari (syā.), anācari (ka.)] paṭṭhavasānugassa [baddhavasānugassa (sī. syā.), pattavasānugatassa (ka.)], kaṃ vāpi itthī nāticare tadaññaṃ.

313.

‘Piṅgiyānī ¶ ¶ sabbalokissarassa, rañño piyā brahmadattassa bhariyā;

Avācarī paṭṭhavasānugassa, taṃ vāpi sā nājjhagā kāmakāminī.

314.

‘Luddhānaṃ [khuddānaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] lahucittānaṃ, akataññūna dubbhinaṃ;

Nādevasatto puriso, thīnaṃ saddhātumarahati.

315.

‘Na tā pajānanti kataṃ na kiccaṃ, na mātaraṃ pitaraṃ bhātaraṃ vā;

Anariyā samatikkantadhammā, sasseva cittassa vasaṃ vajanti.

316.

‘Cirānuvuṭṭhampi [cirānuvutthampi (sī. pī.)] piyaṃ manāpaṃ, anukampakaṃ pāṇasamampi bhattuṃ [santaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)];

Āvāsu kiccesu ca naṃ jahanti, tasmāhamitthīnaṃ na vissasāmi.

317.

‘Thīnañhi cittaṃ yathā vānarassa, kannappakannaṃ yathā rukkhachāyā;

Calācalaṃ hadayamitthiyānaṃ, cakkassa nemi viya parivattati.

318.

‘Yadā tā passanti samekkhamānā, ādeyyarūpaṃ purisassa vittaṃ;

Saṇhāhi ¶ vācāhi nayanti menaṃ, kambojakā jalajeneva assaṃ.

319.

‘Yadā na passanti samekkhamānā, ādeyyarūpaṃ purisassa vittaṃ;

Samantato naṃ parivajjayanti, tiṇṇo nadīpāragatova kullaṃ.

320.

‘Silesūpamāṃ ¶ sikhiriva sabbabhakkhā, tikkhamāyā nadīriva sīghasotā;

Sevanti hetā piyamappiyañca, nāvā yathā orakūlaṃ [orakulaṃ (sī.) evamuparipi] parañca.

321.

‘Na tā ekassa na dvinnaṃ, āpaṇova pasārito;

Yo tā mayhanti maññeyya, vātaṃ jālena bādhaye [bandhaye (syā. ka.)].

322.

‘Yathā nadī ca pantho ca, pānāgāraṃ sabhā papā;

Evaṃ lokitthiyo nāma, velā tāsaṃ na vijjati [kesuci potthakesu imissā gāthāya pubbaddhāparaddhaṃ vipariyāyena dissati].

323.

‘Ghatāsanasamā etā, kaṇhasappasirūpamā;

Gāvo bahitiṇasseva, omasanti varaṃ varaṃ.

324.

‘Ghatāsanaṃ kuñjaraṃ kaṇhasappaṃ, muddhābhisittaṃ pamadā ca sabbā;

Ete naro [etena so (pī.)] niccayato [niccayatto (sī. pī.)] bhajetha, tesaṃ have dubbidu sabbabhāvo [saccabhāvo (syā.)].

325.

‘Naccantavaṇṇā ¶ ¶ na bahūnaṃ kantā, na dakkhiṇā pamadā sevitabbā;

Na parassa bhariyā na dhanassa hetu, etitthiyo pañca na sevitabbā’’’.

Atha khalu, bho, ānando gijjharājā kuṇālassa sakuṇassa ādimajjhakathāpariyosānaṃ [ādimajjhagāthāpariyosānaṃ (syā. ka.)] viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

326.

‘‘Puṇṇampi cemaṃ pathaviṃ dhanena, dajjitthiyā puriso sammatāya;

Laddhā khaṇaṃ atimaññeyya tampi, tāsaṃ vasaṃ asatīnaṃ na gacche.

327.

‘‘Uṭṭhāhakaṃ ¶ cepi alīnavuttiṃ, komārabhattāraṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ;

Āvāsu kiccesu ca naṃ jahanti, tasmāhamitthīnaṃ [tasmā hi itthīnaṃ (sī. pī.)] na vissasāmi.

328.

‘‘Na vissase icchati manti poso, na vissase rodati me sakāse;

Sevanti hetā piyamappiyañca, nāvā yathā orakūlaṃ parañca.

329.

‘‘Na vissase sākhapurāṇasanthataṃ, na ¶ vissase mittapurāṇacoraṃ;

Na vissase rājānaṃ sakhā [rājā sakhā (sī. pī.)] mamanti, na vissase itthi dasanna mātaraṃ.

330.

‘‘Na vissase rāmakarāsu nārisu, accantasīlāsu asaññatāsu;

Accantapemānugatassa bhariyā, na vissase titthasamā hi nāriyo.

331.

‘‘Haneyyuṃ chindeyyuṃ chedāpeyyumpi [haneyyu chindeyyuṃpi chadayeyyuṃ (sī. pī.), haneyyuṃpi chindeyyuṃpi chedāpeyyuṃpi (syā.)], kaṇṭhepi [kaṇṭhampi (sī. syā.)] chetvā rudhiraṃ piveyyuṃ;

Mā dīnakāmāsu asaññatāsu, bhāvaṃ kare gaṅgatitthūpamāsu.

332.

‘‘Musā tāsaṃ yathā saccaṃ, saccaṃ tāsaṃ yathā musā;

Gāvo bahitiṇasseva, omasanti varaṃ varaṃ.

333.

‘‘Gatenetā palobhenti, pekkhitena mhitena ca;

Athopi dunnivatthena, mañjunā bhaṇitena ca.

334.

‘‘Coriyo kathinā [kaṭhinā (sī. syā. pī.)] hetā, vāḷā ca lapasakkharā;

Na tā kiñci na jānanti, yaṃ manussesu vañcanaṃ.

335.

‘‘Asā ¶ lokitthiyo nāma, velā tāsaṃ na vijjati;

Sārattā ca pagabbhā ca, sikhī sabbaghaso yathā.

336.

‘‘Natthitthīnaṃ ¶ piyo nāma, appiyopi na vijjati;

Sevanti hetā piyamappiyañca, nāvā yathā orakūlaṃ parañca.

337.

‘‘Natthitthīnaṃ piyo nāma, appiyopi na vijjati;

Dhanattā [dhanatthā (syā.)] paṭivallanti, latāva dumanissitā.

338.

‘‘Hatthibandhaṃ ¶ assabandhaṃ, gopurisañca maṇḍalaṃ [caṇḍalaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)];

Chavaḍāhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ, sadhanamanupatanti nāriyo.

339.

‘‘Kulaputtampi jahanti akiñcanaṃ, chavakasamasadisampi [chavakasamaṃ (syā. pī.)];

Anugacchanti [gacchanti (pī.)] anupatanti, dhanahetu hi nāriyo’’ti [dhanahetu ca nāriyo (syā.), dhanahetu nāriyo (pī.)].

Atha khalu, bho, nārado devabrāhmaṇo ānandassa gijjharājassa ādimajjhakathāpariyosānaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

340.

‘‘Cattārome na pūrenti, te me suṇātha bhāsato;

Samuddo brāhmaṇo rājā, itthī cāpi dijampati.

341.

‘‘Saritā sāgaraṃ yanti, yā kāci pathavissitā;

Tā samuddaṃ na pūrenti, ūnattā hi na pūrati.

342.

‘‘Brāhmaṇo ca adhīyāna, vedamakkhānapañcamaṃ;

Bhiyyopi sutamiccheyya, ūnattā hi na pūrati.

343.

‘‘Rājā ca pathaviṃ sabbaṃ, sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ;

Ajjhāvasaṃ vijinitvā, anantaratanocitaṃ;

Pāraṃ ¶ samuddaṃ pattheti, ūnattā hi na pūrati.

344.

‘‘Ekamekāya itthiyā, aṭṭhaṭṭha patino siyā;

Sūrā ca balavanto ca, sabbakāmarasāharā;

Kareyya navame chandaṃ, ūnattā hi na pūrati.

345.

‘‘Sabbitthiyo ¶ sikhiriva sabbabhakkhā, sabbitthiyo nadīriva sabbavāhī;

Sabbitthiyo kaṇṭakānaṃva sākhā, sabbitthiyo dhanahetu vajanti.

346.

‘‘Vātañca jālena naro parāmase, osiñcaye [osañciyā (sī. pī.)] sāgaramekapāṇinā;

Sakena hatthena kareyya ghosaṃ [sakena kālena haneyya ghosanaṃ (pī.)], yo sabbabhāvaṃ pamadāsu osaje.

347.

‘‘Corīnaṃ bahubuddhīnaṃ, yāsu saccaṃ sudullabhaṃ;

Thīnaṃ bhāvo durājāno, macchassevodake gataṃ.

348.

‘‘Analā mudusambhāsā, duppūrā tā nadīsamā;

Sīdanti naṃ viditvāna, ārakā parivajjaye.

349.

‘‘Āvaṭṭanī mahāmāyā, brahmacariyavikopanā;

Sīdanti naṃ viditvāna, ārakā parivajjaye.

350.

‘‘Yaṃ ¶ etā [yañcetā (syā.)] upasevanti, chandasā vā dhanena vā;

Jātavedova saṇṭhānaṃ, khippaṃ anudahanti na’’nti.

Atha ¶ khalu, bho, kuṇālo sakuṇo nāradassa devabrāhmaṇassa ādimajjhakathāpariyosānaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

351.

‘‘Sallape nisitakhaggapāṇinā, paṇḍito api pisācadosinā;

Uggatejamuragampi āside, eko ekāya pamadāya nālape [eko ekapamadaṃ hi nālape (pī.) eko ekapamādāya nālape (?)].

352.

‘‘Lokacittamathanā hi nāriyo, naccagītabhaṇitamhitāvudhā;

Bādhayanti anupaṭṭhitassatiṃ [anupaṭṭhitāsatī (pī.)], dīpe rakkhasigaṇova [dīparakkhasigaṇāva (sī.)] vāṇije.

353.

‘‘Natthi ¶ tāsaṃ vinayo na saṃvaro, majjamaṃsaniratā [majjamaṃsābhiratā (ka.)] asaññatā;

Tā gilanti purisassa pābhataṃ, sāgareva makaraṃ timiṅgalo [timiṅgilo (sī. pī.)].

354.

‘‘Pañcakāmaguṇasātagocarā, uddhatā aniyatā asaññatā;

Osaranti pamadā pamādinaṃ, loṇatoyavatiyaṃva āpakā.

355.

‘‘Yaṃ naraṃ upalapenti [uparamanti (sī. pī.), palāpenti (ka.)] nāriyo, chandasā va ¶ ratiyā dhanena vā;

Jātavedasadisampi tādisaṃ, rāgadosavadhiyo [rāgadosavatiyo (sī. pī.)] dahanti naṃ.

356.

‘‘Aḍḍhaṃ ñatvā purisaṃ mahaddhanaṃ, osaranti sadhanā sahattanā;

Rattacittamativeṭhayanti naṃ, sāla māluvalatāva kānane.

357.

‘‘Tā upenti vividhena chandasā, citrabimbamukhiyo alaṅkatā;

Uhasanti [ūhasanti (sī. pī.), ohasanti (syā.)] pahasanti nāriyo, sambarova [saṃvarova (syā. pī. ka.)] satamāyakovidā.

358.

‘‘Jātarūpamaṇimuttabhūsitā, sakkatā patikulesu nāriyo;

Rakkhitā aticaranti sāmikaṃ, dānavaṃva hadayantarassitā [hadayantanissitā (ka.), hadayantaranissitā (syā.)].

359.

‘‘Tejavāpi ¶ hi naro vicakkhaṇo, sakkato bahujanassa pūjito;

Nārinaṃ vasagato na bhāsati, rāhunā upahatova candimā.

360.

‘‘Yaṃ kareyya kupito diso disaṃ, duṭṭhacitto ¶ vasamāgataṃ ariṃ [ari (sī. pī.)];

Tena bhiyyo byasanaṃ nigacchati, nārinaṃ vasagato apekkhavā.

361.

‘‘Kesalūnanakhachinnatajjitā, pādapāṇikasadaṇḍatāḷitā;

Hīnamevupagatā hi nāriyo, tā ramanti kuṇapeva makkhikā.

362.

‘‘Tā kulesu visikhantaresu vā, rājadhāninigamesu vā puna [vā pana (syā.)];

Oḍḍitaṃ namucipāsavākaraṃ [vāguraṃ (syā.)], cakkhumā parivajje sukhatthiko.

363.

‘‘Ossajitva ¶ kusalaṃ tapoguṇaṃ, yo anariyacaritāni mācari;

Devatāhi nirayaṃ nimissati, chedagāmimaṇiyaṃva vāṇijo.

364.

‘‘So idha garahito parattha ca, dummatī upahato [upagato (sī. pī.)] sakammunā;

Gacchatī aniyato gaḷāgaḷaṃ, duṭṭhagadrabharathova uppathe.

365.

‘‘So upeti nirayaṃ patāpanaṃ, sattisimbalivanañca ¶ āyasaṃ;

Āvasitvā tiracchānayoniyaṃ, petarājavisayaṃ na muñcati [muccati (ka.)].

366.

‘‘Dibyakhiḍḍaratiyoṃ ¶ ca nandane, cakkavatticaritañca mānuse;

Nāsayanti pamadā pamādinaṃ, duggatiñca paṭipādayanti naṃ.

367.

‘‘Dibyakhiḍḍaratiyo na dullabhā, cakkavatticaritañca mānuse;

Soṇṇabyamhanilayā [suvaṇṇabyamhanilayā (syā. ka.), sovaṇṇabyamhanilayā (pī.)] ca accharā, ye caranti pamadāhanatthikā.

368.

‘‘Kāmadhātusamatikkamā gati, rūpadhātuyā bhāvo [rūpadhātuyā bhavo (sī.), rūpadhātusambhavo (syā.)] na dullabho;

Vītarāgavisayūpapattiyā, ye caranti pamadāhanatthikā.

369.

‘‘Sabbadukkhasamatikkamaṃ sivaṃ, accantamacalitaṃ asaṅkhataṃ;

Nibbutehi sucihī na dullabhaṃ, ye caranti pamadāhanatthikā’’ti.

370.

‘‘Kuṇālohaṃ tadā āsiṃ, udāyī phussakokilo;

Ānando ¶ gijjharājāsi, sāriputto ca nārado;

Parisā buddhaparisā, evaṃ dhāretha jātaka’’nti.

Kuṇālajātakaṃ catutthaṃ.

537. Mahāsutasomajātakaṃ (5)

371.

‘‘Kasmā tuvaṃ rasaka edisāni, karosi kammāni sudāruṇāni;

Hanāsi itthī purise ca mūḷho, maṃsassa hetu adu [ādu (sī. syā.)] dhanassa kāraṇā’’.

372.

‘‘Naṃ ¶ attahetū na dhanassa kāraṇā, na puttadārassa sahāyañātinaṃ;

Bhattā ca me bhagavā bhūmipālo, so khādati maṃsaṃ bhadantedisaṃ’’.

373.

‘‘Sace tuvaṃ bhatturatthe payutto, karosi kammāni sudāruṇāni;

Pātova antepuraṃ pāpuṇitvā, lapeyyāsi me rājino sammukhe taṃ’’.

374.

‘‘Tathā karissāmi ahaṃ bhadante, yathā tuvaṃ [yameva tvaṃ (sī.)] bhāsasi kāḷahatthi;

Pātova antepuraṃ pāpuṇitvā, vakkhāmi ¶ te rājino sammukhe taṃ’’.

375.

Tato ¶ ratyā vivasāne [vivasane (sī. syā. pī.)], sūriyuggamanaṃ pati;

Kāḷo rasakamādāya, rājānaṃ upasaṅkami;

Upasaṅkamma [upasaṅkamitvā (sī. syā. pī.)] rājānaṃ, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

376.

‘‘Saccaṃ kira mahārāja, rasako pesito tayā;

Hanati itthipurise, tuvaṃ maṃsāni khādasi’’.

377.

‘‘Evameva tathā kāḷa, rasako pesito mayā;

Mama atthaṃ karontassa, kimetaṃ paribhāsasi’’.

378.

‘‘Ānando sabbamacchānaṃ, khāditvā rasagiddhimā;

Parikkhīṇāya parisāya, attānaṃ khādiyā mato.

379.

‘‘Evaṃ pamatto rasagārave ratto [rato (sī. syā. pī.)], bālo yadī āyati nāvabujjhati;

Vidhamma putte caji [cajitvā (ka.)] ñātake ca, parivattiya attānaññeva [attānameva (sī. pī.)] khādati.

380.

‘‘Idaṃ ¶ te sutvāna vigetu [vihetu (sī. pī.)] chando, mā bhakkhayī [mā bhakkhasī (sī. pī.)] rāja manussamaṃsaṃ;

Mā tvaṃ imaṃ kevalaṃ vārijova, dvipadādhipa [dipadādipa (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] suññamakāsi raṭṭhaṃ’’.

381.

‘‘Sujāto nāma nāmena, oraso tassa atrajo [tassa orasa atrajo (sī.), tassa atraja oraso (pī.)];

Jambupesimaladdhāna, mato so tassa saṅkhaye.

382.

‘‘Evameva ¶ ahaṃ kāḷa, bhutvā bhakkhaṃ rasuttamaṃ;

Aladdhā mānusaṃ maṃsaṃ, maññe hissāmi [hessāmi (sī. syā.), hassāmi (pī.)] jīvitaṃ’’.

383.

‘‘Māṇava abhirūposi, kule jātosi sotthiye;

Na tvaṃ arahasi tāta, abhakkhaṃ bhakkhayetave’’.

384.

‘‘Rasānaṃ aññataraṃ etaṃ, kasmā [yasmā (sī. pī.)] maṃ tvaṃ nivāraye;

Sohaṃ tattha gamissāmi, yattha lacchāmi edisaṃ.

385.

‘‘Sovāhaṃ nippatissāmi, na te vacchāmi santike;

Yassa me dassanena tvaṃ, nābhinandasi brāhmaṇa’’.

386.

‘‘Addhā aññepi dāyāde, putte lacchāma māṇava;

Tvañca jamma vinassassu, yattha pattaṃ na taṃ suṇe’’.

387.

‘‘Evameva tuvaṃ rāja, dvipadinda suṇohi me;

Pabbājessanti taṃ raṭṭhā, soṇḍaṃ māṇavakaṃ yathā’’.

388.

‘‘Sujāto nāma nāmena, bhāvitattāna sāvako;

Accharaṃ kāmayantova, na so bhuñji na so pivi.

389.

‘‘Kusaggenudakamādāya ¶ [kusagge udakamādāya (sī. pī.)], samudde udakaṃ mine;

Evaṃ mānusakā kāmā, dibbakāmāna santike.

390.

‘‘Evameva ahaṃ kāḷa, bhutvā bhakkhaṃ rasuttamaṃ;

Aladdhā mānusaṃ maṃsaṃ, maññe hissāmi jīvitaṃ’’.

391.

‘‘Yathāpi ¶ te dhataraṭṭhā, haṃsā vehāyasaṅgamā;

Abhuttaparibhogena [avuttiparibhogena (sī. pī.), ayuttaparibhogena (syā.)], sabbe abbhatthataṃ gatā.

392.

‘‘Evameva ¶ tuvaṃ rāja, dvipadinda suṇohi me;

Abhakkhaṃ rāja bhakkhesi, tasmā pabbājayanti taṃ’’.

393.

‘‘Tiṭṭhāhīti mayā vutto, so tvaṃ gacchasi pammukho [pāmukho (ka.)];

Aṭṭhito tvaṃ ṭhitomhīti, lapasi brahmacārini;

Idaṃ te samaṇāyuttaṃ, asiñca me maññasi kaṅkapattaṃ’’ [kaṅkhapattaṃ (syā. ka.)].

394.

‘‘Ṭhitohamasmī sadhammesu rāja, na nāmagottaṃ parivattayāmi;

Corañca loke aṭhitaṃ vadanti, āpāyikaṃ nerayikaṃ ito cutaṃ.

395.

‘‘Sace tvaṃ saddahasi [sacepi sahasi (sī. pī.)] rāja, sutaṃ gaṇhāhi khattiya [khattiyaṃ (syā.)];

Tena yaññaṃ yajitvāna, evaṃ saggaṃ gamissasi’’.

396.

‘‘Kismiṃ nu raṭṭhe tava jātibhūmi [jātabhūmi (sī.)], atha kena atthena idhānupatto;

Akkhāhi me brāhmaṇa etamatthaṃ, kimicchasī demi tayajja patthitaṃ’’.

397.

‘‘Gāthā catasso dharaṇīmahissara, sugambhiratthā varasāgarūpamā;

Taveva atthāya idhāgatosmi, suṇohi gāthā paramatthasaṃhitā’’.

398.

‘‘Na ve rudanti matimanto sapaññā, bahussutā ¶ ye bahuṭṭhānacintino;

Dīpañhi etaṃ paramaṃ narānaṃ, yaṃ paṇḍitā sokanudā bhavanti.

399.

‘‘Attānaṃ ¶ ñātī udāhu [uda (sī. pī.)] puttadāraṃ, dhaññaṃ dhanaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ;

Kimeva tvaṃ [kimo nu tvaṃ (sī. pī.)] sutasomānutappe, korabyaseṭṭha vacanaṃ suṇoma tetaṃ’.

400.

‘‘Nevāhamattānamanutthunāmi, na puttadāraṃ na dhanaṃ na raṭṭhaṃ;

Satañca dhammo carito purāṇo, taṃ saṅkaraṃ [saṅgaraṃ (sī. syā. pī.) evamuparipi] brāhmaṇassānutappe.

401.

‘‘Kato mayā saṅkaro brāhmaṇena, raṭṭhe sake issariye ṭhitena;

Taṃ saṅkaraṃ brāhmaṇasappadāya, saccānurakkhī punarāvajissaṃ’’.

402.

‘‘Nevāhametaṃ abhisaddahāmi, sukhī naro maccumukhā pamutto;

Amittahatthaṃ punarāvajeyya, korabyaseṭṭha na hi maṃ upesi.

403.

‘‘Mutto ¶ tuvaṃ porisādassa hatthā, gantvā ¶ sakaṃ mandiraṃ kāmakāmī;

Madhuraṃ piyaṃ jīvitaṃ laddha rāja, kuto tuvaṃ ehisi me sakāsaṃ’’.

404.

‘‘Mataṃ vareyya parisuddhasīlo, na jīvitaṃ [na hi jīvitaṃ (sī.)] garahito pāpadhammo;

Na hi taṃ naraṃ tāyati [tāyate (sī. syā. pī. ka.)] duggatīhi, yassāpi hetu alikaṃ bhaṇeyya.

405.

‘‘Sacepi vāto girimāvaheyya, cando ca sūriyo ca chamā pateyyuṃ;

Sabbā ca najjo paṭisotaṃ vajeyyuṃ, na tvevahaṃ rāja musā bhaṇeyyaṃ.

406.

[ayaṃ gāthā sī. pī. potthakesu na dissati] ‘‘Nabhaṃ ¶ phaleyya udadhīpi susse, saṃvaṭṭaye bhūtadharā vasundharā;

Siluccayo meru samūlamuppate, na tvevahaṃ rāja musā bhaṇeyyaṃ’’ [ayaṃ gāthā sī. pī. potthakesu na dissati].

407.

‘‘Asiñca sattiñca parāmasāmi, sapathampi te samma ahaṃ karomi;

Tayā pamutto anaṇo bhavitvā, saccānurakkhī punarāvajissaṃ’’.

408.

‘‘Yo te kato saṅkaro brāhmaṇena, raṭṭhe sake issariye ṭhitena;

Taṃ saṅkaraṃ brāhmaṇasappadāya, saccānurakkhī punarāvajassu’’.

409.

‘‘Yo me kato saṅkaro brāhmaṇena, raṭṭhe ¶ sake issariye ṭhitena;

Taṃ saṅkaraṃ brāhmaṇasappadāya, saccānurakkhī punarāvajissaṃ’’.

410.

‘‘Mutto ca so porisādassa hatthā, gantvāna taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca;

Suṇoma [suṇomi (sī. syā.)] gāthāyo satārahāyo, yā me sutā assu hitāya brahme’’.

411.

‘‘Sakideva sutasoma, sabbhi hoti [hotu (pī.)] samāgamo;

Sā naṃ saṅgati pāleti, nāsabbhi bahusaṅgamo.

412.

‘‘Sabbhireva samāsetha, sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ;

Sataṃ saddhammamaññāya, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.

413.

‘‘Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti;

Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.

414.

‘‘Nabhañcaṃ ¶ dūre pathavī ca dūre, pāraṃ ¶ samuddassa tadāhu dūre;

Tato have dūrataraṃ vadanti, satañca dhammo [dhammaṃ (sī. pī.)] asatañca rāja’’.

415.

‘‘Sahassiyā [sahassiyo (sī. pī.)] imā gāthā, nahimā [na imā, (sī. pī.) nayimā (syā.)] gāthā satārahā;

Cattāri tvaṃ sahassāni, khippaṃ gaṇhāhi brāhmaṇa’’.

416.

‘‘Āsītiyā nāvutiyā [asītiyā navutiyā (pī.)] ca gāthā, satārahā cāpi bhaveyya [bhaveyyu (sī. syā. pī.)] gāthā;

Paccattameva sutasoma jānahi, sahassiyā nāma kā atthi [sahassiyo nāma idhatthi (sī.)] gāthā’’.

417.

‘‘Icchāmi vohaṃ sutavuddhimattano, santoti maṃ [santo mamaṃ (syā.), santo ca maṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] sappurisā bhajeyyuṃ;

Ahaṃ savantīhi mahodadhīva, na hi tāta tappāmi subhāsitena.

418.

‘‘Aggi ¶ yathā tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ dahanto, na tappatī sāgarova [sāgaro vā (sī. pī.)] nadīhi;

Evampi te paṇḍitā rājaseṭṭha, sutvā na tappanti subhāsitena.

419.

‘‘Sakassa dāsassa yadā suṇomi, gāthaṃ ahaṃ atthavatiṃ [gāthā ahaṃ atthavatī (sī. pī.)] janinda;

Tameva sakkacca nisāmayāmi, na ¶ hi tāta dhammesu mamatthi titti’’.

420.

‘‘Idaṃ ¶ te raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sayoggaṃ, sakāyuraṃ sabbakāmūpapannaṃ;

Kiṃ kāmahetu paribhāsasimaṃ [bhāsase maṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], gacchāmahaṃ porisādassa ñatte’’ [porisādassa kante (sī. pī.), porisādassupante (ka.)].

421.

‘‘Attānurakkhāya bhavanti hete, hatthārohā rathikā pattikā ca;

Assāruhā [assārohā (syā. pī.)] ye ca dhanuggahāse, senaṃ payuñjāma hanāma sattuṃ’’.

422.

‘‘Sudukkaraṃ porisādo akāsi, jīvaṃ gahetvāna avassajī maṃ;

Taṃ tādisaṃ pubbakiccaṃ saranto, dubbhe ahaṃ tassa kathaṃ janinda’’.

423.

‘‘Vanditvā so pitaraṃ mātarañca, anusāsetvā negamañca balañca;

Saccavādī saccānurakkhamāno, agamāsi so yattha porisādo’’.

424.

‘‘Kato mayā saṅkaro brāhmaṇena, raṭṭhe sake issariye ṭhitena;

Taṃ saṅkaraṃ brāhmaṇasappadāya, saccānurakkhī ¶ punarāgatosmi;

Yajassu yaññaṃ khāda maṃ porisāda’’.

425.

‘‘Na hāyate khāditaṃ [khādituṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] mayhaṃ pacchā, citakā ayaṃ tāva sadhūmikāva [sadhūmakā ca (syā.)];

Niddhūmake pacitaṃ sādhupakkaṃ, suṇoma [suṇomi (sī.), suṇāma (pī.)] gāthāyo satārahāyo’’.

426.

‘‘Adhammiko ¶ tvaṃ porisādakāsi [porisādamakāsi (ka.)], raṭṭhā ca bhaṭṭho udarassa hetu;

Dhammañcimā abhivadanti gāthā, dhammo ca adhammo ca kuhiṃ sameti.

427.

‘‘Adhammikassa luddassa, niccaṃ lohitapāṇino;

Natthi saccaṃ kuto dhammo, kiṃ sutena karissasi’’.

428.

‘‘Yo maṃsahetu migavaṃ careyya, yo vā hane purisamattahetu;

Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavanti, kasmā no [kasmā nu (ka.)] adhammikaṃ brūsi maṃ tvaṃ’’.

429.

‘‘Pañca pañcanakhā bhakkhā, khattiyena pajānatā;

Abhakkhaṃ rāja bhakkhesi, tasmā adhammiko tuvaṃ’’.

430.

‘‘Mutto tuvaṃ porisādassa hatthā, gantvā sakaṃ mandiraṃ kāmakāmī;

Amittahatthaṃ ¶ punarāgatosi, na khattadhamme kusalosi rāja’’.

431.

‘‘Ye ¶ khattadhamme kusalā bhavanti, pāyena te nerayikā bhavanti;

Tasmā ahaṃ khattadhammaṃ pahāya, saccānurakkhī punarāgatosmi;

Yajassu yaññaṃ khāda maṃ porisāda’’.

432.

‘‘Pāsādavāsā pathavīgavassā, kāmitthiyo kāsikacandanañca;

Sabbaṃ tahiṃ labhasi [labbhati (pī.)] sāmitāya, saccena kiṃ passasi ānisaṃsaṃ’’.

433.

‘‘Ye ¶ kecime atthi rasā pathabyā, saccaṃ tesaṃ sādhutaraṃ rasānaṃ;

Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca, taranti jātimaraṇassa pāraṃ’’.

434.

‘‘Mutto tuvaṃ porisādassa hatthā, gantvā sakaṃ mandiraṃ kāmakāmī;

Amittahatthaṃ punarāgatosi, na hi nūna te maraṇabhayaṃ janinda;

Alīnacitto asi [ca’si (sī. syā. pī.)] saccavādī’’.

435.

‘‘Katā ¶ me kalyāṇā anekarūpā, yaññā yiṭṭhā ye vipulā pasatthā;

Visodhito paralokassa maggo, dhamme ṭhito ko maraṇassa bhāye.

436.

‘‘Katā me kalyāṇā anekarūpā, yaññā yiṭṭhā ye vipulā pasatthā;

Anānutappaṃ paralokaṃ gamissaṃ, yajassu yaññaṃ ada [khāda (sī. syā. pī.)] maṃ porisāda.

437.

‘‘Pitā ca mātā ca upaṭṭhitā me, dhammena me issariyaṃ pasatthaṃ;

Visodhito paralokassa maggo, dhamme ṭhito ko maraṇassa bhāye.

438.

‘‘Pitā ca mātā ca upaṭṭhitā me, dhammena me issariyaṃ pasatthaṃ;

Anānutappaṃ paralokaṃ gamissaṃ, yajassu yaññaṃ ada maṃ porisāda.

439.

‘‘Ñātīsu ¶ mittesu katā me kārā [katūpakāro (syā. ka.)], dhammena me issariyaṃ pasatthaṃ;

Visodhito paralokassa maggo, dhamme ṭhito ko maraṇassa bhāye.

440.

‘‘Ñātīsuṃ ¶ mittesu katā me kārā, dhammena me issariyaṃ pasatthaṃ;

Anānutappaṃ paralokaṃ gamissaṃ, yajassu yaññaṃ ada maṃ porisāda.

441.

‘‘Dinnaṃ me dānaṃ bahudhā bahūnaṃ, santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca;

Visodhito paralokassa maggo, dhamme ṭhito ko maraṇassa bhāye.

442.

‘‘Dinnaṃ me dānaṃ bahudhā bahūnaṃ, santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca;

Anānutappaṃ paralokaṃ gamissaṃ, yajassu yaññaṃ ada maṃ porisāda’’.

443.

‘‘Visaṃ pajānaṃ puriso adeyya, āsīvisaṃ jalitamuggatejaṃ;

Muddhāpi tassa viphaleyya [vipateyya (sī. pī.)] sattadhā, yo tādisaṃ saccavādiṃ adeyya’’.

444.

‘‘Sutvā dhammaṃ vijānanti, narā kalyāṇapāpakaṃ;

Api gāthā suṇitvāna, dhamme me ramate [ramatī (sī. pī.)] mano’’.

445.

‘‘Sakideva ¶ mahārāja [sutasoma (sī. pī.)], sabbhi hoti samāgamo;

Sā naṃ saṅgati pāleti, nāsabbhi bahusaṅgamo.

446.

‘‘Sabbhireva ¶ samāsetha, sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ;

Sataṃ saddhammamaññāya, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.

447.

‘‘Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti;

Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.

448.

‘‘Nabhañcaṃ ¶ dūre pathavī ca dūre, pāraṃ samuddassa tadāhu dūre;

Tato have dūrataraṃ vadanti, satañca dhammo [dhammaṃ (sī. pī.)] asatañca rāja’’.

449.

‘‘Gāthā imā atthavatī subyañjanā, subhāsitā tuyha janinda sutvā;

Ānandi vitto sumano patīto, cattāri te samma vare dadāmi’’.

450.

‘‘Yo nattano maraṇaṃ bujjhasi tuvaṃ [bujjhase tvaṃ (sī. pī.), bujjhase tuvaṃ (syā.)], hitāhitaṃ vinipātañca saggaṃ;

Giddho rase duccarite niviṭṭho, kiṃ tvaṃ varaṃ dassasi pāpadhamma.

451.

‘‘Ahañca taṃ dehi varanti vajjaṃ, tvañcāpi datvāna avākareyya;

Sandiṭṭhikaṃ ¶ kalahamimaṃ vivādaṃ, ko paṇḍito jānamupabbajeyya’’.

452.

‘‘Na taṃ varaṃ arahati jantu dātuṃ, yaṃ vāpi datvāna avākareyya;

Varassu samma avikampamāno, pāṇaṃ cajitvānapi dassameva’’.

453.

‘‘Ariyassa ariyena sameti sakhyaṃ [sakkhi (sī. syā. pī.)], paññassa paññāṇavatā sameti;

Passeyya taṃ vassasataṃ arogaṃ [ārogyaṃ (ka.)], etaṃ varānaṃ paṭhamaṃ varāmi’’.

454.

‘‘Ariyassa ariyena sameti sakhyaṃ, paññassa paññāṇavatā sameti;

Passāsi maṃ vassasataṃ arogaṃ, etaṃ varānaṃ paṭhamaṃ dadāmi’’.

455.

‘‘Ye ¶ khattiyāse idha bhūmipālā, muddhābhisittā katanāmadheyyā;

Na tādise bhūmipatī adesi, etaṃ varānaṃ dutiyaṃ varāmi’’.

456.

‘‘Ye khattiyāse idha bhūmipālā, muddhābhisittā katanāmadheyyā;

Na ¶ tādise bhūmipatī ademi, etaṃ varānaṃ dutiyaṃ dadāmi’’.

457.

‘‘Parosataṃ khattiyā te gahitā, talāvutā assumukhā rudantā;

Sake te raṭṭhe paṭipādayāhi, etaṃ varānaṃ tatiyaṃ varāmi’’.

458.

‘‘Parosataṃ khattiyā me gahitā, talāvutā assumukhā rudantā;

Sake te raṭṭhe paṭipādayāmi [sakena raṭṭhena paṭipādayāmi te (sī.)], etaṃ varānaṃ tatiyaṃ dadāmi’’.

459.

‘‘Chiddaṃ te raṭṭhaṃ byathitā [byathitaṃ (sī.), byādhitaṃ (pī.)] bhayā hi, puthū narā leṇamanuppaviṭṭhā;

Manussamaṃsaṃ viramehi [viramāhi (syā.)] rāja, etaṃ varānaṃ catutthaṃ varāmi’’.

460.

‘‘Addhā ¶ hi so bhakkho mama [mamaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] manāpo, etassa hetumhi [hetumpi (pī.)] vanaṃ paviṭṭho;

Sohaṃ kathaṃ etto upārameyyaṃ, aññaṃ varānaṃ catutthaṃ varassu’’.

461.

‘‘Naṃ ¶ ve piyaṃ meti janinda tādiso, attaṃ niraṃkacca [niraṃkatvā (sī. syā. pī.)] piyāni sevati;

Attāva ¶ seyyo paramā ca [paramāva (bahūsu) jā. 1.6.81 saṃsandetabbaṃ] seyyo, labbhā piyā ocitatthena [ocitattena (ka.)] pacchā’’.

462.

‘‘Piyaṃ me mānusaṃ maṃsaṃ, sutasoma vijānahi;

Namhi sakkā [namhi sakko (sī. pī.)] nivāretuṃ, aññaṃ [aññaṃ tuvaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] varaṃ samma varassu’’.

463.

‘‘Yo ve piyaṃ meti piyānurakkhī [piyānukaṅkhī (sī. pī.)], attaṃ niraṃkacca piyāni sevati;

Soṇḍova pitvā visamissapānaṃ [pītvana visassa thālaṃ (sī. pī.), pitvā visamissathālaṃ (syā. ka.)], teneva so hoti dukkhī parattha.

464.

‘‘Yo cīdha saṅkhāya piyāni hitvā, kicchenapi sevati ariyadhamme [ariyadhammaṃ (sī. pī.)];

Dukkhitova pitvāna yathosadhāni, teneva so hoti sukhī parattha’’.

465.

‘‘Ohāyahaṃ pitaraṃ mātarañca, manāpiye kāmaguṇe ca [kāmaguṇepi (syā. ka.)] pañca;

Etassa hetumhi vanaṃ paviṭṭho, taṃ te varaṃ kinti mahaṃ dadāmi’’.

466.

‘‘Na paṇḍitā diguṇamāhu vākyaṃ, saccappaṭiññāva bhavanti santo;

Varassu samma iti maṃ avoca, iccabravī tvaṃ na hi te sameti’’.

467.

‘‘Apuññalābhaṃ ¶ ayasaṃ akittiṃ, pāpaṃ bahuṃ duccaritaṃ kilesaṃ;

Manussamaṃsassa kate [bhavo (syā. ka.)] upāgā, taṃ te varaṃ kinti mahaṃ dadeyyaṃ.

468.

‘‘Naṃ ¶ taṃ varaṃ arahati jantu dātuṃ, yaṃ vāpi datvāna avākareyya;

Varassu samma avikampamāno, pāṇaṃ cajitvānapi dassameva’’.

469.

‘‘Pāṇaṃ cajanti santo nāpi dhammaṃ, saccappaṭiññāva bhavanti santo;

Datvā varaṃ khippamavākarohi, etena sampajja surājaseṭṭha.

470.

‘‘Caje dhanaṃ [dhanaṃ caje (sī.)] aṅgavarassa hetu [yo pana aṅgahetu (sī. pī.)], aṅgaṃ caje jīvitaṃ rakkhamāno;

Aṅgaṃ dhanaṃ jīvitañcāpi sabbaṃ, caje naro dhammamanussaranto’’.

471.

‘‘Yasmā hi dhammaṃ puriso vijaññā, ye cassa kaṅkhaṃ vinayanti santo;

Taṃ hissa dīpañca parāyaṇañca, na ¶ tena mittiṃ jirayetha [jarayetha (sī. pī.)] pañño.

472.

‘‘Addhā hi so bhakkho mama manāpo, etassa hetumhi vanaṃ paviṭṭho;

Sace ca maṃ yācasi etamatthaṃ, etampi te samma varaṃ dadāmi.

473.

‘‘Satthā ca me hosi sakhā ca mesi, vacanampi te samma ahaṃ akāsiṃ;

Tuvampi [tvaṃpi (syā. ka.)] me samma karohi vākyaṃ, ubhopi gantvāna pamocayāma’’.

474.

‘‘Satthā ca te homi sakhā ca tyamhi, vacanampi me samma tuvaṃ akāsi;

Ahampi te samma karomi vākyaṃ, ubhopi gantvāna pamocayāma’’.

475.

‘‘Kammāsapādenaṃ ¶ ¶ viheṭhitattha [viheṭhitamhā (syā. ka.)], talāvutā assumukhā rudantā;

Na jātu dubbhetha imassa rañño, saccappaṭiññaṃ ¶ me paṭissuṇātha’’.

476.

‘‘Kammāsapādena viheṭhitamhā, talāvutā assumukhā rudantā;

Na jātu dubbhema imassa rañño, saccappaṭiññaṃ te paṭissuṇāma’’.

477.

‘‘Yathā pitā vā atha vāpi mātā, anukampakā atthakāmā pajānaṃ;

Evameva vo [evameva (sī.), evampi vo (syā.)] hotu ayañca rājā, tumhe ca vo hotha yatheva puttā’’.

478.

‘‘Yathā pitā vā atha vāpi mātā, anukampakā atthakāmā pajānaṃ;

Evameva no hotu [evampi no (syā.)] ayañca rājā, mayampi hessāma yatheva [tatheva (pī.)] puttā’’.

479.

‘‘Catuppadaṃ sakuṇañcāpi maṃsaṃ, sūdehi randhaṃ sukataṃ suniṭṭhitaṃ;

Sudhaṃva indo paribhuñjiyāna, hitvā katheko ramasī araññe.

480.

‘‘Tā khattiyā vallivilākamajjhā, alaṅkatā samparivārayitvā;

Indaṃva devesu pamodayiṃsu, hitvā ¶ katheko ramasī araññe.

481.

‘‘Tambūpadhāne bahugoṇakamhi, subhamhi [sucimhi (sī. pī.)] sabbassayanamhi saṅge [saññate (sī. pī.), laṅgate (syā.)];

Seyyassa [sayanassa (sī. syā. pī. ka.)] majjhamhi sukhaṃ sayitvā, hitvā katheko ramasī araññe.

482.

‘‘Pāṇissaraṃ ¶ kumbhathūṇaṃ nisīthe, athopi ve nippurisampi tūriyaṃ;

Bahuṃ sugītañca suvāditañca, hitvā katheko ramasī araññe.

483.

‘‘Uyyānasampannaṃ pahūtamālyaṃ, migājinūpetapuraṃ [migācirūpetapuraṃ (sī. pī.)] surammaṃ;

Hayehi nāgehi rathehupetaṃ, hitvā katheko ramasī araññe’’.

484.

‘‘Kāḷapakkhe yathā cando, hāyateva suve suve;

Kāḷapakkhūpamo rāja, asataṃ hoti samāgamo.

485.

‘‘Yathāhaṃ [yathā (sī.)] rasakamāgamma, sūdaṃ kāpurisādhamaṃ [sūdakaṃ purisādhamaṃ (sī. pī.)];

Akāsiṃ pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, yena gacchāmi duggatiṃ.

486.

‘‘Sukkapakkhe yathā cando, vaḍḍhateva suve suve;

Sukkapakkhūpamo rāja, sataṃ hoti samāgamo.

487.

‘‘Yathāhaṃ tuvamāgamma, sutasoma vijānahi;

Kāhāmi kusalaṃ kammaṃ, yena gacchāmi suggatiṃ.

488.

‘‘Thale yathā vāri janinda vuṭṭhaṃ [vaṭṭaṃ (sī. pī.)], anaddhaneyyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitīkaṃ;

Evampi ¶ hoti asataṃ samāgamo, anaddhaneyyo udakaṃ thaleva.

489.

‘‘Sare yathā vāri janinda vuṭṭhaṃ, ciraṭṭhitīkaṃ naravīraseṭṭha [naraviriyaseṭṭha (sī. pī.)];

Evampi ve [evampi me (syā.), evampi ce (pī. ka.)] hoti sataṃ samāgamo, ciraṭṭhitīko [ciraṭṭhitikaṃ (ka.)] udakaṃ sareva.

490.

‘‘Abyāyiko ¶ ¶ hoti sataṃ samāgamo, yāvampi tiṭṭheyya tatheva hoti;

Khippañhi veti asataṃ samāgamo, tasmā sataṃ dhammo asabbhi ārakā’’.

491.

‘‘Na so rājā yo [rājā na so yo (ka.)] ajeyyaṃ jināti, na so sakhā yo sakhāraṃ jināti;

Na sā bhariyā yā patino na vibheti, na te puttā [puttā na te (ka.)] ye na bharanti jiṇṇaṃ.

492.

‘‘Na sā sabhā yattha na santi santo, na te santo [santo na te (ka.)] ye na bhaṇanti dhammaṃ;

Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, dhammaṃ bhaṇantāva bhavanti santo.

493.

‘‘Nābhāsamānaṃ jānanti, missaṃ bālehi paṇḍitaṃ;

Bhāsamānañca jānanti, desentaṃ amataṃ padaṃ.

494.

‘‘Bhāsaye ¶ jotaye dhammaṃ, paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ;

Subhāsitaddhajā isayo, dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo’’ti.

Mahāsutasomajātakaṃ pañcamaṃ.

Asītinipātaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sumukho pana haṃsavaro ca mahā, sudhabhojaniko ca paro pavaro;

Sakuṇāladijādhipativhayano, sutasomavaruttamasavhayanoti.

22. Mahānipāto

538. Mūgapakkhajātakaṃ (1)

1.

‘‘Mā ¶ ¶ ¶ paṇḍiccayaṃ [paṇḍitiyaṃ (sī.), paṇḍicciyaṃ (pī.)] vibhāvaya, bālamato bhava sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sabbo taṃ jano ocināyatu, evaṃ tava attho bhavissati’’.

2.

‘‘Karomi te taṃ vacanaṃ, yaṃ maṃ bhaṇasi devate;

Atthakāmāsi me amma, hitakāmāsi devate’’.

3.

‘‘Kiṃ nu santaramānova, kāsuṃ khaṇasi sārathi;

Puṭṭho me samma akkhāhi, kiṃ kāsuyā karissasi’’.

4.

‘‘Rañño mūgo ca pakkho ca, putto jāto acetaso;

Somhi raññā samajjhiṭṭho, puttaṃ me nikhaṇaṃ vane’’.

5.

‘‘Na badhiro na mūgosmi, na pakkho na ca vīkalo [napi paṅgulo (sī. pī.), na ca piṅgalo (syā.)];

Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane’’.

6.

‘‘Ūrū bāhuṃ [bāhū (sī. ka.)] ca me passa, bhāsitañca suṇohi me;

Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane’’.